|
|
Opening Event and Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis Award Ceremony |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
8:00 AM–9:20 AM |
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom A-F |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Michael J. Dougher (University of New Mexico) |
CE Instructor: Michael J. Dougher, Ph.D. |
|
SABA Award for Distinguished Service to Behavior Analysis: Kurt Salzinger: The Consummate Behaviorist in the Lab and at Home |
Abstract: This award will be accepted by Dr. Salzinger's wife, Deanna Chitayat. |
|
KURT SALZINGER (Hofstra University) |
|
Kurt Salzinger was born in Vienna, Austria in 1929; at 11 he fled the Nazis. Arriving in New York City in 1938, he attended the Bronx High School of Science, NYU, and Columbia University, where he received his Ph.D. in Psychology. As a committed behaviorist, Dr. Salzinger held positions at the New York State Psychiatric Institute, Poly- technic University, the National Science Foundation, the American Psychological Association (APA), and Hofstra University. He was President of the New York Academy of Sciences where he initiated dialog with the Soviet Academy of Sciences. He was Executive Director of Science at the APA, among other roles, as well as President of the Association of Behavior Analysis and the Eastern Psychological Association. He wrote 14 books and 200 journal articles, and his work continues to be cited widely. |
|
SABA Award for Scientific Translation: The Translational Science of Health Behavior Change: A Recruitment Call For Scientists |
Abstract: The health problems that result from our own behavior will increasingly become among the most important challenges to health. For example, alarming increases are already being observed in addiction, obesity, and medication non-adherence. However, efforts to improve these conditions and disorders are hindered by the poor efficacy of most of our treatments. This lack of efficacy, I would argue, results from insufficient understanding of the controlling variables. This is a unique opportunity for those interested in basic science and the underlying theory to make important contributions as translational researchers. I will illustrate these unique opportunities with the application of behavioral economics to important health behaviors. |
|
WARREN BICKEL (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute and Department of Psychology, Virginia Tech) |
|
 Dr. Warren Bickel joined the Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute in 2011 and serves as Director of the Addiction Recovery Research Center and Co-Director of the Center for Transformative Research on Health Behaviors. In recognition of his extraordinary contributions to research and scholarship achievements, Dr. Bickel was recently awarded the Virginia Tech Carilion Behavioral Health Research Endowed Professorship. He has taught and led research programs at the Albert Einstein College of Medicine, the University of Vermont, and the University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences. NIH has funded Dr. Bickel’s work continuously since 1987. Dr. Bickel is an accomplished scholar and researcher whose accolades include receipt of the 2011 APA International Don Hake Translational Research Distinguished Contributions to Basic Research Award and the 2012 Brady-Schuster Award for Outstanding Behavioral Science Research in Psychopharmacology and Substance Abuse, Division 28 of the American Psychological Association. Dr. Bickel was honored to be the recipient of the 2016 Nathan B. Eddy Award from the College on Problems of Drug Dependence. Dr. Bickel was Editor of the journal, Experimental and Clinical Psychopharmacology, has co-edited five books, and has published over 400 papers and chapters. Dr. Bickel’s work is frequently cited and receives national and international recognition. |
|
SABA Award for International Dissemination: Changing the World Through Behavior Analysis: An Exemplary Process of ABA Dissemination in Civil Society and among Governmental/Political Institutions |
Abstract: To make the exhortation "change the world with behavior analysis" a concrete reality, we need the behavior analyst figure to be known, well-estimated and respected by civil society and governmental institutions. At the beginning, we tried to get this approaching the insiders (especially psychologists and educators) to convince them of the goodness of our scientific and evidence-based approach, in order to increase the number of professionals.
Past failures. Unfortunately, to achieve this result we chose to act mainly in universities and public schools, through the publication and spread of experimental research articles and books addressed to psychologists and educators, not to mention all the presentations in congresses and conferences. In time this strategy turned out to be ineffective. In fact, in many countries still nowadays, despite thousands of debates and explanations, only few patients with special needs benefit from ABA treatments, as well as only few companies benefit from performance management, as well as only few hospitals benefit from behavior-based safety, and so on. To demonstrate this, in several countries still there is no law about, or in favor of, behavioral technologies.
A new successful strategy. Starting from the late ‘90s, a small group of ABA practitioners and scientists changed approach in order to get better results in the spread of behavior analysis. They chose to teach ABA to final users rather than to intermediaries (psychologists and educators) and so they started introducing ABA to new categories of professionals as dentists, managers, engineers, medical doctors and industrial safety consultants. The principles and methods of marketing were used to involve new professional categories and, in this way, always more users started to ask to the politicians for more behavior analysis.This unusual strategy demonstrated to be astonishingly better than the previous one. In recent years, in fact, politicians that used to be deaf to the effectiveness proofs brought about by behavior analysts started to care and to pay attention to the demands of professional categories (made by citizens and then voters). Many final users are now demanding for more ABA in their work environment. About this, a list of the actions required to replicate our experience will be presented.
The “ultimate strategy”. Even if the aforementioned marketing-of-a-science tactics are powerful, a faster and more comprehensive strategy it’s in place currently. Our present aim is to influence the state laws writing process in order to change the behaviors of all the stakeholders at the same time. State laws are in fact nothing but conditional statements that, specifying an antecedent, a behavior to be performed, and a consequence (usually a punishment for non-compliance), with the help of prominent judges and politicians could boost a national-level ABA capillary dissemination. Results of this last strategy application will be presented too. |
|
FABIO TOSOLIN (A.A.R.B.A. - Association for the Advancement of Radical Behavior Analysis) |
|
 Fabio Tosolin is the behavior analyst and consultant that since the ‘80s has been introducing, spreading and applying Behavior Analysis and Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) principles both in Italy and Europe. In 1985, he founded his own consulting company, FT&A, that is specialized in Performance Management, Learning Technologies and Behavior-Based Safety (B-BS), for the last of which he’s also a referent of European level. His company counts hundreds of PM and B-BS processes implemented in plants and construction sites in Italy and around the world. He is currently professor of Human Factor in HSEQ Management at the Safety Engineering Master’s Degree course, Faculty of Industrial Processes, at Polytechnic of Milano and president of the Italian Associate Chapter of ABAI, made of both the oldest and largest Italian Behavior Analysis Scientific Societies (AARBA and AIAMC). Since 2003 he’s also chair of the European Scientific Conference on OBM, PM & B-BS, held by AARBA. |
|
SABA Award for Enduring Programmatic Contributions in Behavior Analysis: Oregon Research Institute |
Abstract: Founded in 1960, Oregon Research Institute (ORI) is a non-profit, independent, behavioral sciences research center with an international reputation as a leader in research to help people lead healthier lives. ORI scientists embody the belief that the solutions to many of society’s most pressing health and social issues lie in our ability to understand and influence human behavior. ORI researchers apply fundamental behavior analysis and behavior change principles to develop and scientifically evaluate evidence-based interventions to promote health and wellbeing and to prevent and/or treat important behavioral health problems. ORI’s research focuses on (a) promoting healthy child development through interventions to improve parenting skills in at-risk families, improve school environments and instructional practices, and improve peer environments in and outside of school; (b) promoting psychological health through interventions to prevent and treat depression and eating disorders; (c) promoting physical health through interventions to improve diet and exercise throughout the lifespan and to reduce obesity; (d) preventing and treating substance abuse, through interventions focused on nicotine, alcohol, opioids, marijuana, and other drugs, and (e) implementing and disseminating evidence-based behavioral interventions into real-world settings, such as schools, healthcare settings, service agencies, whole communities, and public policy. ORI is funded by research grants from the National Institutes of Health and Institute on Education Sciences, and has 43 scientists and 50 active research projects. ORI is committed to scientific freedom and scientific excellence and provides a collegial and supportive research community for early career scientists and seasoned researchers alike. |
|
CAROL METZLER (Oregon Research Institute) |
|
 Carol Metzler, Ph.D., received her Ph.D. in Clinical Psychology from the University of Oregon. Dr. Metzler is a Senior Scientist and the Science Director at Oregon Research Institute in Eugene, Oregon. As a scientist at ORI, she conducts research on parenting practices and child development, and evaluates the efficacy of family interventions for reducing or preventing behavior problems in children. She is particularly interested in research on promoting a public health framework for improving parenting practices and in evaluating the effects of delivering parenting information through non-clinical technology-based approaches. She is currently involved in projects to develop and evaluate technology-based approaches to providing parents of young children with parenting education and support, through video and the internet, and to integrate these parenting programs into pediatric primary care. In addition, Dr. Metzler is also engaged in efforts to summarize what is known about evidence-based programs for children and families and to investigate how these programs can be effectively moved into practice through better integration of science, practice, and policy. As Science Director at ORI, Dr. Metzler works to build awareness of the research done at ORI, build collaborative partnerships between ORI and other research and practice entities, recruit new scientists to ORI, and ensure that ORI continues to provide an optimally supportive environment for world-class behavioral research. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Strategies for Teaching Executive Function Skills to Children and Adolescents With Autism |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom A |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Adel C. Najdowski (Pepperdine University) |
CE Instructor: Adel C. Najdowski, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In cognitive and developmental psychology, executive function refers to repertoires related to goal-directed behavior such as attention, inhibition, working memory, flexibility, emotional self-regulation, problem solving, organization, planning, and time management; and skills deficits in these areas have been attributed to the frontal cortex of the brain. From a behavioral perspective, all executive functions involve behaviors which should be able to be strengthened using behavioral principles of learning. For example, according to Skinner, self-control involves two repertoires of behavior: (a) the controlled self, involving normal, ongoing behavior and (b) the controlling self, involving behavior one has learned to control normal behavior. Children with autism have been documented to display deficits in executive function skills. This symposium presents recent research related to teaching executive function skills to children and adolescents with autism. The first paper presents the effects of a treatment package on teaching planning skills. The second paper evaluates procedures for teaching adolescents with beginning time management skills, such as making, following, and adjusting their personal schedules. The final paper presents data investigating the effects of procedures for teaching problem-solving skills. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): executive function, planning, problem solving, time management |
Target Audience: BCBAs and other certified or licensed professionals |
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to identify behavioral strategies for teaching planning skills to individuals with autism. 2. Attendees will be able to identify behavioral strategies for teaching time management skills to individuals with autism. 3. Attendees will be able to identify behavioral strategies for teaching problem solving skills to individuals with autism. |
|
Addressing Executive Functioning Deficits: Teaching Planning Skills to Adolescents With Autism |
VALERIE R. ROGERS (The ABRITE Organization), M. Fernanda Welsh (The ABRITE Organization), Sara O'Brien (The ABRITE Organization), Adel C. Najdowski (Pepperdine University) |
Abstract: It has been demonstrated that many individuals with autism present with significant deficits as it relates to various executive functioning skills. Difficulties with planning in particular have been well documented in the literature; however, little research exists seeking to remedy such deficits in the behavioral repertoire of learners with autism. With the use of a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants design, the current paper examines the acquisition of planning skills with adolescents with autism. Participants with little to no planning abilities were taught to identify a desired outcome in relation to a given activity, the steps and materials needed to complete the given activity, his or her progress toward completion of the plan, and to subsequently complete the plan and specified activity across multiple exemplars. Results indicate the acquisition of planning skills by the participants and will be discussed in terms of the utility of the present procedures within research-practitioner settings. Suggestions for future research and interventions for individuals with autism will be provided. |
|
Teaching Beginning Time Management Skills to Adolescents With Autism: Making, Following, and Adjusting Schedules |
M. FERNANDA WELSH (The ABRITE Organization), Adel C. Najdowski (Pepperdine University), Randi Medeiros (The ABRITE Organization), Jesse Andrew Fullen (Pepperdine University) |
Abstract: A dearth of research exists for teaching adolescents with autism to engage in beginning time management skills. This study used a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants design to evaluate the effects of a treatment package consisting of multiple exemplar training, error correction, self-monitoring, and reinforcement for teaching adolescents with autism to make and follow schedules. Results from the first two participants demonstrated that they learned to make, adjust, and follow schedules. During posttraining, performance levels remained high even when various components of the treatment package were removed. |
|
Bump Inspector: Teaching Problem-Solving Skills to Children With Autism |
ERIN SILVERMAN (University of Southern California), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids) |
Abstract: This study evaluated the effect of the “Bump Inspector” Treatment Package on conflict resolution skills in children with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Three children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder, ages 6 and 7, were selected for this study due to prior reports of conflict resolution difficulty and deficits involving flexibility. For this study, a multiple baseline design across participants was used to determine if the intervention increased conflict resolution skills and corresponding actions. Results from the one participant showed completed thus far show that the “Bump Inspector” Treatment Package increased conflict resolution skills in the participant. Findings from the social validity questionnaire revealed that parents of this participant saw clear increases in conflict resolution skills and corresponding action behaviors and that the child seemed to have more courage and independence in the scenarios requiring flexibility. |
|
|
|
|
|
The High-Probability Instructional Sequence: A Comparison of Procedural Variables |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom B |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Adam Carter (Brock University) |
Discussant: Mitch Fryling (California State University, Los Angeles) |
CE Instructor: Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The high-probability (high-p) instructional sequence involves the presentation of high-p instructions followed by the presentation of a low-probability (low-p) instruction. Researchers have used this procedure to increase compliance across a variety of behaviours, including academic skills, social skills, medical tasks, and food acceptance. Given the broad applicability of this procedure, it is important to identify the procedural variables within the high-p instructional sequence that produce the most meaningful outcomes. The first presentation will compare 2 iterations of the high-p instructional sequence, high-p with a preferred food on a spoon and high-p with an empty spoon, to increase food consumption. The second presentation will (a) compare the effectiveness ofpraise versus edibles as the consequence for compliance with high-p instructions and (b) determine if the number of high-p instructions can be faded from 3 to fewer instructions. Both papers will be discussed within the context of clinical implications and suggestions for future research. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Graduate students
Teachers and coaches
Behavior Analysts |
Learning Objectives:
- Describe the variables of the high-probability instructional sequence that influence the effectiveness.
- Describe the application of the high-probability instructional sequence to increase food consumption
- Describe the application of the high-probability instructional sequence within a multicomponent treatment package.
|
|
Comparing the High-Probability Instructional Sequence With and Without Food to Increase Food Consumption in Children |
(Applied Research) |
NANCY LEATHEN (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University) |
Abstract: Food selectivity is defined as a child or youth refusing to eat a sufficient variety of foods based on type, texture, or other dimensions (e.g., colour, packaging). It can have a substantial negative impact on family stress, child nutrition and health, and can lead to inappropriate mealtime behaviours. The high-probability (high-p) instructional sequence is a non-intrusive procedure that involves the presentation of three high-p instructions followed by the presentation of one low-probability instruction. To date, only eight studies – with mixed findings – have examined the effectiveness of the high-p instructional sequence to increase young children's consumption of food. Therefore, the purpose of this study is to compare the effectiveness and efficiency of two iterations of the high-p instructional sequence, high-p with a preferred food on a spoon and high-p with an empty spoon, to increase food consumption in two children with autism spectrum disorder and food selectivity using a multielement design within a reversal design. |
|
Analyzing Consequences Within the High-Probability Request Sequence for a Child Diagnosed With CHARGE Syndrome |
(Applied Research) |
CALEB DAVIS (Simmons College), Judah B. Axe (Simmons University) |
Abstract: To replicate and extend previous research on the high probability request sequence, the first research question was: What are the effects of praise versus edibles as the consequence for responses to high-p requests? In a reversal design with a child with CHARGE Syndrome, there was initial but not sustained experimental control demonstrating higher responding with edibles compared to praise. The second research question was: To what extent can high-p requests be faded from 3 to fewer per low-p request? After demonstrating experimental control with 3 high-p requests, an attempt to fade to 2 high-p requests failed. In a final analysis, experimental control was demonstrated by providing varied reinforcement in the form of videos identified in presession preference assessments. In 20% of sessions, IOA was a mean of 99.1% for high-p requests (range, 93.3% to 100%) and 100% for low-p requests. Results are discussed in terms of continually assessing motivating operations. |
|
|
|
|
|
Strategies for Teaching Perspective-Taking Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom C |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Megan Michelle St. Clair (Halo Behavioral Health) |
CE Instructor: Megan Michelle St. Clair, M.A. |
Abstract: This symposium presents recent research related to teaching perspective-taking skills to children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The first paper analyzes the effects of in-vivo teaching procedures, multiple exemplar training, and a visual perspective teaching procedure in a multiple-probe across participants design to teach children with ASD, with limited language repertoires, to view the visual perspective of others. The second paper presents data on teaching children with ASD the perspective-taking skill of identifying what they and others know and do not know, and to explain how their knowledge was obtained or why it was not obtained via sensory perspective-taking (i.e., seeing, hearing, feeling, tasting, smelling, etc.), within a multiple baseline across participants design. The final paper evaluates the effects of video-based instruction on teaching a generalized problem solving strategy within and across false-belief categories for shared and differing perspective-taking with individuals with ASD in a multiple-probe across participants design. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): cognition, knowing, perspective taking, problem solving |
Target Audience: BCBAs and other certified or licensed professionals. |
Learning Objectives: Learning Objective 1: At the conclusion of the first presentation, participants will be able to describe a visual perspective teaching procedure and an effective way to disseminate it. Learning Objective 2: At the conclusion of the second presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe behavior analytic perspective-taking research, to date, in the area of knowing and (2) identify an effective strategy for teaching perspective-taking skills related to identifying what oneself and others know and do not know, and to explain how their knowledge was obtained or why it was not obtained via the application of sensory perspective-taking. Learning Objective 3: At the conclusion of the third presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify effective strategies for teaching perspective-taking skills and (2) define perspective taking from a behavior analytic perspective. |
|
Establishing a Generalized Repertoire of Visual Perspective Taking Skills in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
JEANNA SHERIDAN (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College) |
Abstract: A prerequisite skill related to the development of perspective taking skills is recognizing that others may have access to different visual information, which is known as visual perspective taking (Howlin, Baron-Cohen, & Hadwin, 1999). There is limited behavior analytic research on methods to teach children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) visual perspective taking. The purpose of the present study was to analyze the effects of in-vivo teaching procedures, multiple exemplar training, and a visual perspective teaching procedure in a multiple-probe across participants design to teach children with ASD to view the perspective of others. Four experimenter-defined categories (i.e., line of sight, item appearance, array appearance, and item rotation) were used to teach perspective taking skills. The results demonstrated low levels of visual perspective taking in the baseline conditions with participants quickly demonstrating mastery criterion after intervention was introduced. Interobserver-agreement and procedure integrity data were taken on at least 50% of the sessions across all conditions and were 90% or better. This study contributed to the existing literature by providing more information on procedures for teaching visual perspective taking to children with ASD that have limited language repertoires. |
|
Teaching Children With Autism to Identify That Sensing Leads to Knowing |
Megan Michelle St. Clair (Halo Behavioral Health), Adel C. Najdowski (Pepperdine University), M. Fernanda Welsh (ABRITE), LAURI SIMCHONI (Halo Behavioral Health), Jesse Andrew Fullen (Pepperdine University) |
Abstract: Perspective-taking skills such as predicting the future behavior of others based upon their beliefs and creating false beliefs in others for the purpose of adaptive deceptive behaviors such as keeping secrets and surprises and bluffing during games requires one to be able to identify what information others know and do not know (e.g., she does not know we are having a surprise birthday party for her, so she thinks nobody remembers her birthday). The current study evaluated the effects of a multiple exemplar training package that included rules, error correction, and reinforcement on teaching children with autism to identify and explain information that is known and unknown to themselves and others based on each individual’s perspective across the five senses (i.e., she knows or does not know because she can or cannot see, taste, feel, hear, or smell the relevant stimulus). Results of this study thus far indicate that the treatment package was effective in teaching the first of three participants to identify known and unknown information of self and others, as well as how such knowledge was obtained or why it was not obtained. Furthermore, generalization across untrained stimuli and people was observed during posttraining. |
|
Teaching Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder to Problem Solve Perspective Taking Tasks Using Video-Based Instruction |
Catherine Taylor-Santa (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Linda A. LeBlanc (LeBlanc Behavioral Consulting LLC), MARYKATE MCKENNA (Hunter College) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to assess the effects of using video-based instruction to teach a generalized problem-solving strategy for perspective taking. Specifically, four participants with autism spectrum disorder were taught (a) a rule and when to use it to assist in the identification of shared or differing information and (b) to use that information to respond to perspective taking questions embedded in videos. Multiple exemplars of shared and differing perspective scenarios were used to promote differential responding to shared and differing perspective tasks, and generalized problem solving within and across false-belief categories (i.e., false identity, unexpected location, misidentified object). Responses were assessed during in-vivo probes of false-belief and shared-belief tasks. After learning the problem-solving strategy, all four participants responded correctly to trained and novel shared- and false-belief tasks. Strategy used generalized to within and across category video and in-vivo probes. Generalization was also observed in everyday contexts. |
|
|
|
|
|
Further Evaluations of Instructive Feedback for Learners With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom D |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Patricia Zemantic (University of Oregon) |
CE Instructor: Christopher A. Tullis, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Instructive feedback (IF) is an effective strategy for increasing the efficiency of instruction. When presented within a discrete trial format, prompting and reinforcement are provided based on the learner’s response to primary targets, and no programmed consequences are provided based on the learner’s response to secondary targets. Several variations of IF have been evaluated in the literature and the effectiveness of these variations may relate to the underlying behavioral mechanisms that contribute to the effectiveness of IF. The studies in this symposium will examine the effectiveness of variations of IF and discuss how variations may relate to the mechanisms underlying the acquisition of targets exposed to IF. In the first study, Tullis and colleagues evaluated two arrangements of IF – one in which secondary targets were presented before a praise statement and one in which secondary targets were presented after a praise statement. Kopchak and colleagues examined two forms of IF. In one form, secondary targets and probes shared similar words. In the other form, secondary targets and probe questions did not share similar words. Zemantic and colleagues examined the effect of context by comparing the presentation of secondary targets in an instructional setting and a novel setting. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Instructive Feedback, Skill Acquisition, Verbal Behavior |
Target Audience: The content would be appropriate for practitioners to apply to clinical practice and graduate students. |
|
A Comparison of Secondary Target Location in Instructive Feedback Procedures |
CHRISTOPHER A. TULLIS (Georgia State University), Ashley Gibbs (Georgia State), Sarah Grace Hansen (Georgia State University), Maddie Butzer (Georgia State University) |
Abstract: Instructive feedback (IF) is an effective strategy for increasing the efficiency of targeted instruction. Although effective, the mechanisms underlying the acquisition of secondary targets via IF are unknown. In the current investigation two forms of instructive feedback (IF) were compared to determine if indiscriminable contingencies were responsible, in part, for the acquisition of secondary targets during IF procedures. During teaching, IF stimuli were presented either before or after the praise statement for mastered tacts to two learners with autism spectrum disorder. Across both participants, IF before the praise statement resulted in faster acquisition of secondary targets that were maintained for 16–18 weeks post intervention. These results extend the IF literature by providing evidence that acquisition of secondary targets via IF may at least partially attributed to the occurrence of indiscriminable contingencies. |
|
A Comparison of Secondary Targets Procedures to Teach Auditory Tacts to Children With Autism |
Kayla Kopchak (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute), MOLLY JOYCE (Hunter College) |
Abstract: Although typical discrete trial instruction procedures are effective for teaching tacts to children with autism, they are often time consuming. Using a secondary targets procedure can help increase instructional efficiency. The purpose of the current study was to compare the effects of two variations of a secondary targets procedure on the acquisition of auditory tacts by children with autism. In one variation of the procedure, the secondary target expansion phrase and the probe question contained shared features (i.e., similar words). In the other variation, the secondary target expansion phrase and the probe question did not contain shared features (i.e., no similar words). In addition, the emergence of listener and speaker categorization were evaluated. All three participants learned to correctly tact the auditory stimuli (i.e., the primary targets). Participant 1 responded correctly to probe questions for only the shared features condition. Participant 2 responded correctly to probe questions for both the shared features and no shared features conditions. Participant 3 did not respond correctly to probe questions for either of the conditions. Listener categorization scores were higher than baseline levels for all participants following tact training. Speaker categorization scores were higher than baseline levels for Participants 1 and 2. |
|
Instructive Feedback During High and Low Demand Contexts for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
PATRICIA ZEMANTIC (University of Oregon), Tracy Jane Raulston (Penn State), Christine Drew (University of Oregon), Mat C Luehring (University of Oregon), Hannah Barton (University of Oregon), Buket Erturk (University of Oregon), Shaji Haq (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.) |
Abstract: Instructive feedback involves including extra stimuli (i.e., secondary targets) within instructional trials in order to increase the efficiency of instruction. No programmed consequences are provided based on the learners’ response to secondary targets. A number of behavioral mechanisms may play a role in the effectiveness and efficiency of instructive feedback, including the context. The current study evaluated the effect of context on the acquisition of secondary targets taught through instructive feedback in an instructional (high demand) and novel (low demand) context for two children with autism spectrum disorder. Both participants acquired secondary targets when presented in a high demand context when presented with primary targets. However, in the absence of primary targets, the low demand context was more effective and efficient for one participant, whereas the high demand context was more effective and efficient for the other participant. Both participants demonstrated generalized responding to novel therapists and untrained Wh-questions. Responding also maintained during probes conducted 2- and 4- weeks post mastery. Future directions for research and clinical applications of instructive feedback procedures are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Teaching Safety Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom EF |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Elif Tekin-Iftar, Ph.D. |
Chair: Nicole Heal (Margaret Murphy Center for Children) |
ELIF TEKIN-IFTAR (Anadolu University) |
 Elif Tekin Iftar, Ph.D, is a professor in Special Education at Anadolu University in Turkey. Dr. Tekin-Iftar received her Ph.D. degree in 1999 from Anadolu University. During her doctorate studies she received a scholarship from Turkish Academy of Sciences and pursued part of her doctoral education at University of Kentucky. Dr. Tekin-Iftar received her full professorship in 2009. She served as a director of Research Institute for the Handicapped in Anadolu University between 2007-2014. Her current research and clinical interest include the behavioral treatment of children with autism spectrum disorder and developmental disabilities, single case experimental research methods, and professional development. Dr. Tekin-Iftar received Distinguished Young Scientist Award and Scholarship from Turkish Academy of Sciences in 2003. Dr. Tekin-Iftar has published over 25 international peer-reviewed journal articles, over 20 book chapters, coauthored a book, and served as editors in three books named as Single Case Research Methods in Educational and Behavioral Sciences, Applied Behavior Analysis, and Educating Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Her research has been published in Exceptional Children, Journal of Autism and Developmental Disabilities, Journal of Special Education, Research in Developmental Disabilities, and Autism. Dr. Tekin-Iftar currently serves on the editorial board for Exceptional Children. Dr. Tekin-Iftar teaches research methods in education, applied behavior analysis and single case experimental designs at graduate levels. She served as supervisors for many doctoral students in Turkey. She founded Association for Behavior Analysis Turkey (ABATurkey) Chapter as an affiliation of Association for the Behavior Analysis International and she serves as president of ABA Turkey. She founded a graduate program entitled as “Applied Behavior Analysis in Autism” which is the first and only program in its kind in Turkey. She received a postdoctoral scholarship from The Scientific and Research Council of Turkey and visited University of North Caroline in Charlotte for a year. She is the mother of two daughters. |
Abstract: “Safety skills” is an umbrella term consisting of a wide variety of skills. Research has shown that all children have the risk of being injured perhaps fatally because of the intentional and unintentional accidents. Children with autism spectrum disorder face two or three times the risk of injury or abuse compared with those of their same age peers. Ensuring children’s safety is, and should always be, a concern for parents, teachers, and society. However, it is well-documented that teaching safety skills to children with autism spectrum disorder is often neglected both clinically and experimentally. In a relatively new study, it is indicated that (a) although parents and teachers found safety skills instruction important and necessary, they use natural occurrences as teaching opportunities and prevention behaviors rather than providing systematic instruction and (b) neither parents nor teachers have enough knowledge and experience for teaching safety skills (Sirin & Tekin-Iftar, 2016). However, research has shown that when taught systematically, children with autism spectrum disorder could acquire safety skills and perform them over time and across persons and settings. During the presentation, Turkish parents and teachers’ opinions about teaching safety skills to children with autism spectrum disorder and a series of research studies investigating the effectiveness of prompting strategies, videomodelling, and Social Stories in teaching safety skills will be shared with the audience. Implications of these research studies will be discussed. |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts; Psychologists; Special education teachers; Graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the opinions of parents and teachers about safety skills instruction; (2) identify instructional procedures for teaching safety skills to children with autism spectrum disorder; (3) describe the outcomes of research designed to teach safety skills to children with autism spectrum disorder; and (4) describe the implications of research designed to teach safety skills to children with autism spectrum disorder. |
|
|
|
|
|
Pain Willingness and Commitment to Valued Living in Chronic Pain |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom AB |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Jeannie A. Golden, Ph.D. |
Chair: Amy Murrell (University of North Texas) |
KEVIN VOWLES (University of New Mexico) |
Kevin completed his Ph.D. in clinical psychology at West Virginia University in 2004 and post-doctoral fellowship at the University of Virginia the following year. From 2005 to 2012, he held joint positions in academia and with the National Health Service in the United Kingdom. He has been on faculty in the Department of Psychology at the University of New Mexico since 2012, where he is currently an Associate Professor. His clinical and academic activities have focused on the assessment and effective rehabilitation of individuals with chronic pain. He has published over 80 scientific articles in these areas since 2002, with recent work concentrating on identifying the characteristics of effective treatment and differentiating problematic from non-problematic opioid and alcohol use in those with chronic pain. |
Abstract: Behavioral treatments for chronic pain have amassed an impressive and progressive record of success. As with any area of clinical science, challenges and shortcomings have also been identified. These include difficulties in maintaining clinical effectiveness from clinical trials into large scale implementation efforts, unclear identification of specific intervention components that are clearly linked to improved adaptive outcomes, and lack of clarity with regard to the necessary and active ingredients of effective treatment. Overall, these problems highlight the practical difficulty of translating research into practice. They also helpfully illuminate several potential avenues for improvement, including the need for: (1) a precise delineation of what constitutes treatment success and differentiates it from treatment failure, (2) lucidity in the specification of processes by which treatment is hypothesized to work followed by explicit tests of these hypotheses, and (3) methods to promote the generalization and continuance of within-treatment adaptive behavioral changes to the non-treatment environment. This presentation will describe Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) as one potential model that can aid in helpfully progressing down these avenues. In particular, the potential for augmenting patient behavior that displays an open, accepting, and non-struggling response to pain will be highlighted, as this area perhaps differs most markedly from other approaches where a primary focus may be on better management of pain and distress. Furthermore, the importance of identifying important and meaningful areas of living to pursue with pain present will be evaluated, as this has the potential to naturally promote generalization and longevity of treatment gains. Based on the data presented, it seems feasible for individuals with complex and potentially disabling pain to respond to that pain with acceptance and willingness, choose important areas of living that are of personal relevance, and take effective action to improve quality of life. Importantly, these responses are possible when pain is low, but crucially also when pain is elevated or even at its maximum. |
Target Audience: Clinicians and researchers working with chronic physical health conditions or who are interested in such conditions. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the relevance of behavioral approaches to the treatment of chronic pain; (2) identify key strengths of this literature and some of the key shortcomings; (3) explain the key treatment processes of the ACT model, the data supporting them, and their applicability to chronic pain treatments; (4) describe treatment outcomes for ACT in relation to both single-subject and within-group data. |
|
|
|
|
|
Get Up and Move!: Fusing Behavior Analysis and Technology to Increase Physical Activity |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 3/4 |
Area: CBM/CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kathryn M. Kestner (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Andrew Bulla (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong ) |
CE Instructor: Kathryn M. Kestner, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Physical activity is a key factor in numerous important health outcomes; however, research reveals a concerning worldwide trend of physical inactivity (Guthold, Stevens, Riley & Bull, 2018). The World Health Organization (WHO; 2018) estimates that physical inactivity contributes to 3.2 million deaths per year, making it the fourth leading risk factor for mortality. Despite well-publicized recommendations from health organizations (e.g., WHO, Centers for Disease Control) and an increase in access to fitness-related technology (e.g., fitness trackers), these trends of sedentary behavior have not improved since 2001, and more than one in four adults worldwide fail to meet recommended levels of activity (Guthold et al., 2018). On a positive note, advances in technology present an opportunity for behavior analysts to extend behavior-change techniques to an important health-related behavior. Presenters from three different research labs will share outcomes from behavioral interventions employing goal-setting, incentives, and technology for increasing physical activity in adults. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): goal-setting, incentives, physical activity, technology |
Target Audience: The target audience for this symposium is behavior analysts who are researchers or practitioners and are interested in using technology to facilitate interventions with health-related target behavior and/or are interested in using incentive-based interventions for increasing physical activity. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the social significance of physical activity; (2) explain how technology can be used as an intervention component and data-collection method for interventions to increase physical activity; (3) summarize the components of at least one research-supported intervention for increasing physical activity. |
|
Examining the Effects of a Fitbit® Treatment Package on the Physical Activity Level and Quality of Life Indices for Adults With Disabilities |
KIMBERLY PECK (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Globally, only 25% of adults engage in enough regular physical activity (PA) for overall wellness (World Health Organization, 2018). Despite the substantial health benefits of PA, populations with intellectual disabilities (ID) are substantially inactive, even more so than their typically-developing peers. Recent research suggests approximately 90% of adults with disabilities are not active enough (Oviedo et. al, 2017; Ptomey et al., 2017). In consideration of these findings, the goal of the current study was to use a treatment package to increase the daily PA of adults with ID living in community-based settings. The treatment package included a Fitbit® to measure and monitor overall PA, goal-setting, one-on-one “coaching” sessions, and incentives contingent on meeting a pre-established physical activity goal. Due to the extreme sedentary nature of adults with ID, physical health benefits (e.g., weight loss, decreased blood pressure, lower heart rate) from increased PA may take an extended period of time to manifest. As such, any potential increases in quality of life (e.g., affect, mood, preference) that may occur in the meantime will also be measured. Findings of this study, recommendations for ongoing interventions, applications to other settings, and limitations will be discussed. |
|
Effectiveness of Contingency Management to Promote Physical Activity in Adults |
Jennifer M Owsiany (West Virginia University), KATHRYN M. KESTNER (West Virginia University), Kacey Finch (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Physically inactive adults are at a greater risk of developing noncommunicable diseases (e.g., stroke, cancer, coronary heart disease, type 2 diabetes) and premature death compared to their physically active peers. Consequently, physical inactivity is one of the leading causes of death worldwide. Previous research has investigated the use of contingency management interventions (e.g., contracts, lotteries) to increase physical activity in adults. In the current study, we randomly assigned participants to one of three groups (i.e., contingency management, noncontingent reinforcement, or self-monitoring). Participants wore Fitbit® Alta HR fitness trackers, which provided data on various indicators of increased physical activity, such as calorie burn, steps, and active minutes. The goal of the current study was to further investigate the use of contingency management interventions to increase physical activity in adults. |
|
|
|
|
|
Gamifying Climate Change: Making Sustainability Fun |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Fairmont, B2, Imperial Ballroom |
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Jonathan Kimball (The Ohio State University) |
CE Instructor: Susan M. Schneider, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Gamification is the application of game elements, such as points and competitions, to real life - and behavior analysts did it for years without thinking of it in this manner. When video games became immensely popular, gamification reached whole new scholarly levels as well. Some behavior analysis principles have long been incorporated, and that continues to be the case. Compared to health and education, sustainability gamification is more recent, but just as critical. What can behavior analysts working in sustainability learn from the current state of the field of gamification? What can we contribute? In this symposium, we survey the field, examine some sustainability examples, offer suggestions, and provide perspective on gamification in the context of other sustainability/climate change initiatives. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): climate change, gamification, sustainability |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts at all levels |
|
Conservation Clue: Help Us Gamify This Green Behavior Game |
WILLIAM L. HEWARD (The Ohio State University), Jonathan W. Kimball (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Predictable “if-then” behavior-reward contingencies can increase eco-
friendly behavior (e.g., “If you ride the bus to work on Wednesdays, then you get a
token for a free ride.”). If the presence or absence of the contingency is easily
discriminated, however, responding in the contingency’s absence is unlikely (“It’s
Thursday—I think I’ll drive.”). Indiscriminable contingencies (IC) offer one way to
prevent this problem. ICs have helped young children share toys, select healthy
snacks, and stay on task; secondary students maintain improved levels of academic productivity; and adult vocational trainees respond appropriately to feedback from co-workers and supervisors (references available upon request). These studies suggest that the occurrence of sustainable practices (e.g., walking/biking, recycling, unplugging) can be increased by making effective if-then contingencies indiscriminable across responses and environments (e.g., home, work, community). We will describe Conservation Clue, a multidimensional variation of the classic board game that features indiscriminable contingencies. Conservation Clue provides participants with a radically different and enticing “if-then” contingency: If you cannot tell which of several green behaviors, performed exactly where or when, will produce a reward, then the best strategy to optimize reinforcement is to act green in every way, everywhere, all the time. |
|
Perspectives on Behavior Analysis, Gamification, and Sustainability |
SUSAN M. SCHNEIDER (Root Solutions), Zachary H. Morford (Zuce Technologies) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis has always been part of both gamification and sustainability - but generally a small part. How can we up our game, so to speak? Making sacrifices fun is a tall order, but we’ve succeeded in other areas. How can we learn from these examples? Beyond our continuing contributions to gamification lie other questions: Is it likely to be a significant part of sustainable behavior change? Or, given our limited numbers, should we concentrate instead on more traditional behavior analysis interventions, and the incorporation of more behavior analysis into mainstream sustainability? This talk will attempt to summarize the current status of behavior analysis in the much larger interdisciplinary effort supporting behavior change against climate change. How are we behavior analysts doing? How can we do more? Audience suggestions will be welcome. |
|
|
|
|
|
Transporting the Competing Stimulus Assessment Into Schools and Educational Settings |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom C |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Adam S. Warman (The Faison Center) |
Discussant: Jonathan Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
CE Instructor: Adam S. Warman, M.Ed. |
Abstract: Competing Stimulus Assessments (CSA) have been used across a number of client populations, behavioral functions, and topographies of problem behavior. The growing body of research, however, has localized most applications and demonstrations of related treatment effectiveness to intensive service delivery settings. As is the case with other behavioral technologies, CSAs should be further examined in settings such homes, community venues, and schools. Such demonstrations may be useful in enhancing the external validity of the CSA and ensuring they can be carried out accurately and efficiently. Utilizing established methodology, we carried out CSAs with multiple adolescents with development disabilities attending a private school for individuals with specialized education needs. Across participants, target behaviors encompassed multiple functions and topographies. CSA procedures were successfully implemented in the educational setting and within the confines of the students’ daily school schedule. Results also included successful identification of competing stimuli for the participants; furthermore, decreased rates of problem behavior followed treatment. Procedures and results will be further discussed in the context of CSA innovations and behavioral assessment treatment transportability. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): automatic reinforcement, competing stimuli, functional assessment, problem behavior |
Target Audience: The target audiences for this talk include practitioners who serve individuals with developmental disabilities in home, community, or school settings; and researchers who are focused on or who are interested in focusing on examining assessment and treatment procedures outside of intensive, more controlled settings. |
|
Assessment and Treatment of Aggressive Behavior Maintained by Access to Physical Attention |
ELI T. NEWCOMB (The Faison Center), John Adam Wright (The Faison Center), Jennifer Graboyes Camblin (The Faison Center) |
Abstract: This presentation will share methodology and data reported from a published case conference (Newcomb, Wright, & Camblin, 2018), as well as lay groundwork for practical considerations and procedural flexibility necessitated by a school setting. Aggression maintained by access to physical attention was examined using two preparations of a functional analysis, after which additional assessment was carried out to identify stimuli that competed with problem behavior. The participant was a 13-year-old boy diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder, who attended a private specialized education facility due to underdeveloped communication skills and problem behavior. At the time of the study his aggression had become more prevalent, unpredictable, and elevated in intensity. Following assessment, a noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) intervention using competing stimuli was implemented to reduce rates of Ted’s increasingly unmanageable aggression. Results indicated that implementation of the NCR intervention was followed by decreased rates, more predictable patterns, and diminished intensity of aggressive behavior. |
|
Assessment of Competing Stimuli for the Treatment of Behavior Interfering With School Activities and Services |
Jennifer Graboyes Camblin (The Faison Center), Olivia Coppes Culbertson (The Faison Center), Kathryn Herndon (The Faison Center), Paul Christopher Liberante (The Faison Center), Kathryn Littlejohn (The Faison Center), NICHOLAS VANDERBURG (The Faison School), John Adam Wright (The Faison Center), Eli T. Newcomb (The Faison Center) |
Abstract: Many individuals with developmental disabilities experience deficits with communication and social function to such an extent that treatment and services focus heavily communication training. Individuals with developmental disabilities also often experience greater behavioral dysfunction than other populations, which can produce behavior that interferes with skills training, home life, and school activities (Gurney, McPheeters, & Davis, 2006; Dekker, Koot, Ende, & Verhulst, 2002). Due to the extent it interfered with skills training and posed health complications, problem behavior (mouthing, rumination, pica, and motor stereotypy) maintained by automatic reinforcement was assessed for 4 individuals with autism and intellectual disabilities. Competing stimulus assessments were conducted and revealed multiple stimuli that competed with problem behavior, after which related treatment was devised and carried out by educational staff (teachers and teacher assistants) during each participant’s school day. The training of educational staff on assessment and intervention rationale, treatment implementation, and data collection are also discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advances in Preference and Reinforcer Assessment Research |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom B |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Richard B. Graff (May Institute; Western New England University) |
CE Instructor: Richard B. Graff, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysts have developed a rich technology of reinforcer identification; the studies in this symposium seek to add to this knowledge base. In Study 1, preference assessments were conducted with edibles, leisure activities, and social consequences with five individuals with developmental disabilities. Then, high-preference items from each category were combined and evaluated in additional assessments, and significant displacement effects were seen (edibles displaced leisure items, and both edibles and leisure items displaced social stimuli). In Study 2, the efficacy and efficiency of pictorial and video preference assessments were compared with four individuals with developmental disabilities. For three participants, both assessments identified the same highest-preference item, but pictorial assessments were faster to conduct for all participants, making the pictorial assessments more efficient. In Study 3, the interaction and effects of reinforcer arrangements (distributed and accumulated reinforcement) and technology level (high-tech and low-tech) on preference and reinforcer efficacy was evaluated with three children with autism. The results indicated that participants responded at higher rates when reinforcers were provided in an accumulated arrangement regardless of technology level. Participants also preferred to work for reinforcers provided in accumulated arrangements. Taken together, these studies move behavior analysts towards a more complete technology of reinforcer identification. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Displacement, Preference Assessment, Reinforcer Arrangements |
Target Audience: Behavior analyst practitioners who work with individuals with autism and developmental and intellectual disabilities. |
Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to describe how displacement affects preference hierarchies.
Participants will be able to describe the benefits and limitations of using pictorial and video preference assessments.
Participants will be able to describe how reinforcer arrangements and the technology level of stimuli affect reinforcer efficacy. |
|
The Effects of Category and Choice on Preference |
JESSICA GUTFLEISH (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Allen J. Karsina (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Diannelys Rojas (New England Center for Children; Western new England University), Hallie Glassman (New England Center for Children; Simmons College), Meaghan Griffin (New England Center for Children; Simmons College), Emily McGrail (New England Center for Children; Simmons College) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts must exercise caution when including stimuli from different categories on preference assessments, since some categories of stimuli displace others in a preference hierarchy. In Study 1, paired-stimulus (PS) preference assessments were conducted with five individuals with developmental disabilities to identify high-preference edibles, leisure items, and social stimuli. The two highest-preference items from each category were then assessed in a series of “combined-category” assessments. The results indicated that, when combined on the same assessment, edibles displaced leisure items, and both edibles and leisure items displaced social stimuli. In Study 2, 8-item PS assessments were conducted with pictures that depicted the following options: choice of three high-preference edibles, choice of three high-preference leisure items, choice of three high-preference social consequences, choice of the top-ranked item from each category, three no-choice options (the most preferred edible, leisure item, or social consequence), and a control (no consequence). For all participants, access to an item from the highest-preference category was a more reliable predictor of preference than access to choice. Subsequent progressive ratio reinforcer assessments demonstrated that the most-preferred option on the choice assessment was associated with the highest response rates on reinforcer assessments. Interobserver agreement was above 98% on all dependent measures. |
|
Comparing the Use of Video and Pictorial Stimuli in Paired Stimulus Preference Assessments |
ELIZABETH HARLAN (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Richard B. Graff (May Institute; Western New England University) |
Abstract: Some researchers have speculated that video-based assessments may be more effective than pictorial assessments for identifying preferences for activities. Since previous studies have not directly compared the results of video and pictorial assessments, there is no data to evaluate the effectiveness and efficiency of video versus pictorial assessments. In this study, four individuals with developmental disabilities participated in 8-item tangible, pictorial, and video paired-stimulus preference assessments, using toys as stimuli. The duration to complete each modality of preference assessment was measured, and Spearman rank-order correlation coefficients were calculated to determine the degree of correspondence between assessment modalities. Reinforcer assessments were conducted to verify if high-preference stimuli functioned as reinforcers. For three participants, pictorial and video assessments identified the same top-ranked item and reinforcer assessments indicated that those items functioned as reinforcers. For the 4th participant, there was little correspondence across modalities. Pictorial assessments were faster to conduct for all participants. These results do not support previous speculations that video-based assessments may be more advantageous than pictorial assessments, since for three of four participants, pictorial and video assessments were equally effective, but pictorial assessments were more efficient. Mean interobserver agreement was above 97% for preference and reinforcer assessments. |
|
Examining Effects of Technology Level and Reinforcer Arrangements on Preference and Efficacy |
AUDREY N. HOFFMANN (Utah State University; Northern Vermont University-Johnson), Anna Brady (Utah State University; Erskine College), Tyra Paige Sellers (Utah State University; Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Abstract: Identifying the ways in which reinforcers function optimally is an important consideration for behavioral research. Preference for reinforcers, and how effective reinforcers are, may change depending upon several factors. Two important factors to consider are how reinforcers are arranged and the technology level of the reinforcers used. Reinforcers can be delivered following every response in a distributed manner or they can be delivered following several responses in an accumulated manner. Additionally, leisure items used as reinforcers can be classified according to technology level, for example high- and low-tech items. The purpose of this study was to examine the interaction and effects of reinforcer arrangements (i.e., distributed reinforcement and accumulated reinforcement) and technology level of items (i.e., high-tech and low-tech) on preference and reinforcer efficacy with three children with autism. Participants selected a preferred high- and low-tech item and engaged in academic tasks to earn the items in either accumulated or distributed arrangements. Overall participants responded at higher rates when reinforcers were provided in an accumulated arrangement regardless of whether a high-tech or low-tech item was provided. Participants also preferred to work for reinforcers provided in accumulated arrangements. Interobserver agreement was above 90% on all dependent variables. |
|
|
|
|
|
Preparing for a New Role: The School-Based Consultant |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Fairmont, Third Level, Crystal |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Edward Daly, Ph.D. |
Chair: Scott P. Ardoin (UGA Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research) |
EDWARD DALY (University of Nebraska-Lincoln) |
Edward J. Daly III, BCBA-D, conducts research on functional assessment methods. He has co-authored numerous chapters and journal articles on this topic. Dr. Daly is Professor of Educational (School) Psychology at the University of Nebraska-Lincoln, where he teaches course work in Applied Behavior Analysis, school-based consultation, and single-case experimental designs. |
Abstract: As schools witness what behavior analysts are capable of doing, they are hiring behavior analysts in increasing numbers to help develop and evaluation interventions with students experiencing behavior and academic problems. In some cases, behavior analysts are delivering direct services, a professional role for which they are well prepared. In a lot of cases, however, schools are calling on behavior analysts to serve as consultants, which is a new role for many of us. A consultant serves in an indirect role by trying to help someone else (e.g., a teacher) help a third party (the student). A consultant typically has no authority over the consultee, but must engage the consultee in such a way that their combined efforts empower the teacher to improve students’ academic achievement and behavioral self-control. The purpose of this presentation will be to help behavior analysts adapt their assessment and instruction/intervention skills to a school-based consultative role. I will present research-based strategies for (a) how to efficiently embed functional assessment principles and practices in the consultation process, and (b) manage the contingencies under which teachers are operating to maximize effectiveness. |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts practicing in schools |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) guide teacher consultees in a strategic, efficient, and structured decision-making process that prioritizes improving academic performance; (2) integrate observational data, basic skill assessment data, work samples, and performance-deficit analyses into the functional assessment process; (3) support teacher implementation of empirically derived treatments through antecedent control strategies and performance feedback. |
|
|
|
|
|
SQAB Tutorial: Using the Past to Predict the Future |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich D |
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research |
PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Sarah Cowie, Ph.D. |
Chair: Michael C. Davison (University of Auckland) |
Presenting Authors: : SARAH COWIE (The University of Auckland) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis is on the cusp of a major change in the way we think about our most fundamental process: Reinforcement. Whereas the law of effect stipulates that reinforcers control behavior because of their special function in increasing a behavior’s strength, an alternative approach casts reinforcers as stimuli with current value to the organism, but no unique function in changing behavior. Under this approach, behavior is controlled by relations between stimuli, depending on the affordances and dispositions of the organism. This tutorial explores some of the data that has led us to change the way we understand control by current environmental conditions. First, the tutorial examines some of the evidence for prospective control, when reinforcers are absent, or temporally distant, or when reinforcer effects are inconsistent with strengthening. Next, I explore how quantitative models can provide a testable explanation of control by the likely future, as extrapolated from the past. Finally, the tutorial considers the implications of a shift from understanding control in terms of retrospective response-reinforcer pairings to prospection on the basis of the perceived structure of the environment, and argues that in conjunction with quantitative models, prospective control need not invoke an inner organism. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: This talk is aimed at behavior analysts interested in new ways to measure and describe apparently changes in behavior, and/or in new approaches to understanding how reinforcers affect behavior. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss a prospective-control approach to understanding the transaction between behavior and environment, and why this approach might be advantageous in research and practice; (2) discuss some ways to use quantitative models to provide a simple description of apparently complex behaviour; (3) discuss a quantitative model that asserts that behavior comes under control of relations between stimuli (including brief stimuli like reinforcers and behaviors). |
|
SARAH COWIE (The University of Auckland) |
 Sarah Cowie obtained her Ph.D. in 2014 at the University of Auckland, under the supervision of Professor Michael Davison and Dr. Douglas Elliffe. Since graduating with her Ph.D., Sarah’s research has explored how past experience translates into control by the present and the likely future. |
Keyword(s): discrimination, prospection, quantitative modeling, reinforcement |
|
|
|
|
|
Teaching Complex Verbal Behavior to Individuals With Different Ability Levels |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Fairmont, Second Level, International Ballroom |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ashley Briggs Greer (The Faison School) |
CE Instructor: Ashley Briggs Greer, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The papers in this symposium are about teaching complex verbal behavior to individuals with various ability levels. The first paper presents an instructional program aimed at teaching children with autism to understand metaphors. The second paper describes teaching children to mand for information via observational learning. The third paper involves teaching applied behavior analysis to non-ABA professionals. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: ABA practitioners, graduate students, non-ABA professionals, academic researchers (applied researchers) |
|
Teaching Children With Autism to Understand Metaphors |
GABRIELLE T. LEE (Western University), Sheng Xu (Chongqing Normal University), Huiling Zou (Hainan Normal University), Lina Gilic (State University of New York at Old Westbury), Michelle Lee (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of an instruction on the acquisition and generalization of metaphor understanding for children with autism spectrum disorder. Three students (two boys, one girl, 5 to 8 years old) participated in this study. A combination of a multiple probe design across two behaviors and three participants was used. The metaphors were categorized by topography: the metaphors involving physical features and the metaphors involving abstract properties. The instruction consisted of intraverbal training with picture prompts. The results indicated that the instruction was effective to establish the acquisition and generalization of metaphor understanding for the two students who completed the entire study. They also maintained the acquired metaphors up to 2 months following the completion of the instruction. |
|
Teaching Preschoolers to Mand for Information |
JEANNEMARIE SPECKMAN-KILROE (Fred S. Keller School), Lin Du (Teachers College Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: The current research investigated whether students would emit mands for information as a function of observing of peers mand information (ask questions) about unfamiliar stimuli. We recruited preschool students with and without disabilities between the ages and 3 and 5 to participate in four different activities. These activities were designed to create opportunities for the students to mand information about unfamiliar pictures and objects. For students who did not emit mands for information, we use a multiple probe design across participants to test the effects of a Peer-Mediated Motivating Operation procedure (PMOP) on the emission of mands for information. In the first experiment, the participants observed the peers ask questions (e.g. What is that?”), receive information from the experimenter, and receive praise and tokens contingent on asking a question. The results show that PMOP increased the number of questions for participants outside of the training sessions in a return to baseline condition. In the second experiment, all conditions remained the same except that question asking only resulted in the inquired information. Results are discussed in terms of where the reinforcement exists for asking questions about unfamiliar things in one’s environment, and whether this truly measures the “need to know”. |
|
Testing the Effectiveness of Teacher Training Lectures |
LIN DU (Teachers College, Columbia University), Ginger Harms (Fred S. Keller School), Susan Buttigieg (Manhattanville College) |
Abstract: Fred S. Keller School is a behavior analytic EI program and preschool for children with and without developmental disabilities from 18 mon to 5 years old. At Keller school, we provided weekly professional training lecture series for our teachers, teacher assistants, and related service providers. The 30 plus lectures covered chapters in Applied Behavior Analysis textbooks (i.e., Cooper, Heron, & Heward, 2007; Greer, 2002; Greer & Ross, 2008) and verbal behavior developmental interventions (protocols) (i.e., auditory matching protocol, face conditioning protocol, voice conditioning protocol). The pre- and post-probes were presented in single-choice questions on Google form. The participants were asked to complete the questions on their smartphones or computers. Those who reached criterion in the first post-probe earned 10 bonus points that they could redeem for backup reinforcers (i.e., come to work late, leave work early, gift cards). We used a delayed pre- and post-intervention design across lecture series. The results so far were promising in that the weekly teacher training lectures improved teacher responses pertaining to behavior analysis. |
|
|
|
|
|
Explorations of Derived Relational Responding and the PEAK Relational Training System to Training Staff and Advanced Conversational Skills |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom CD North |
Area: VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Shravya Srinivas Sanagala (ASU MS ABA program) |
CE Instructor: Seth W. Whiting, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The present symposium will highlight recent efforts using the PEAK Relational Training System to promote more efficacious training and the use of BST couched to facilitate higher order development of verbal language in individuals with autism diagnoses. The ways in which these training advancements move the science of behavior analysis along will be discussed, and the specific implications as to how PEAK serves as a catalyst for said advancements is addressed. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): BST, PEAK, RFT, Social Skills |
Target Audience: The target audience includes students, practitioners, researchers or faculty of behavior analysis or closely related field. |
Learning Objectives: 1. evidence supporting derived relational responding as an operant with individuals with and w/out autism
2. behavior analytic assessment procedures couched in derived relational responding specific to language acquisition
3. modifications to current/existing assessment methodologies in service of efficacy of parent and staff training
4. Implications of derived relational responding and language acquisition on intelligence |
|
Standardization of the PEAK Relational Training System Pre-Assessments and Implementation Fidelity |
(Service Delivery) |
AYLA SCHMICK (Southern Illinois University), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Calculating standardized scores enable clinicians to accurately compare the examinee’s performance against his or her peers and helps provide a more comprehensive assessment and guide to programming. The current study sought to assess the performance of a normative sample to create standardized scores for all four PEAK Relational Training Pre-Assessments (PEAK-DT-PA, PEAK-G-PA, PEAK-E-PA, and PEAK-T-PA). 300 typically developing participants ranging from the ages of 4 to 18 participated in the study. The statistical average of the participants performance on all four pre-assessment and total PEAK score was calculated and then used to create different performance levels based on the standard deviation. Implementation fidelity of the standardized PEAK Pre-Assessment Flip Books was also evaluated during the current study and resulted in 95% implementation fidelity across 60% of assessments conducted. |
|
Best Practice Strategies for Implementing PEAK in Messy Environments |
(Theory) |
MARY GRACE CAVALIERE (Saint Louis University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Saint Louis University) |
Abstract: Promoting Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Relational Training System (PEAK; Dixon, 2014, 2015ab, 2016) includes four volumes of direct curriculum instruction: Direct Training, Generalization, Equivalence, and Transformation. Emerging research on PEAK highlights the curriculum’s effectiveness at increasing new skills across academic, emotional, and daily living repertoires. For example, previous research has shown PEAK correlates with IQ and has high convergent validity with expressive and receptive language tests, has high inter-rater reliability, and results in larger treatment gains than treatment as usual. Research has also shown behavioral skills training as an effective modality to train implementation of PEAK. While promising, dissemination efforts have primarily focused on research-driven environments; therefore, providing minimal guidelines for clinicians working in ‘messy’ or uncontrollable environments. Further, little information is available for clinicians on best practice approaches when switching from current programing to a new curriculum. Therefore, the current symposium will discuss the top five lessons learned from implementing PEAK in clinical practice and ‘messy’ environments. Lessons will include dispelling clinical lore around derived relational responding; best practice approaches to enhance cultural change; considerations for using organizational behavior management strategies to ensure staff buy-in; arranging supportive environments to reduce implementation drift; and generalization and maintenance strategies. |
|
Using Behavioral Skills Training Within PEAK-DT to Establish Extended Conversational Exchanges in an Adolescent With Autism |
(Applied Research) |
SETH W. WHITING (Central Michigan University), Naomi Evans (Central Michigan University) |
Abstract: The PEAK-DT curriculum utilizes discrete trial teaching methods to establish a wide variety of basic and verbal skills, but these methods may not be required to teach skills with more advanced learners or to target sporadic missing skills. The purpose of the present study was to examine the effects of a behavioral skills training procedure on extended social interactions which combined skill targets across six PEAK-DT programs.During baseline, a 14 year old boy diagnosed with autism attempted to start a conversation (1), tell a joke (2), and engage in conversations to get to know someone better (3) and talk about what he and a partner were doing (4), completing few steps in each interaction type.Administered sequentially across interaction types, a behavioral skills training intervention consisting of instructions, video modeling, feedback, and rehearsal produced steady acquisition, mastery, and maintenance of all four interaction types.The results demonstrated mastery of responses in PEAK-DT programs 1A- Eye Contact, 6B- Greetings and Farewells, 13O- Intermediate Intraverbals, 14M- Advanced Intraverbals, 14T- Verbal Report: Tacting Behavior, and 14Y- Telling a Joke, suggesting that behavioral skills training may be useful in training sporadic missing skills. |
|
|
|
|
|
Technologies Effective in Evoking Speech in Non-Vocal Children With Autism |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency East, Lobby Level, Plaza Ballroom AB |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India) |
Discussant: Per Holth (OsloMet -- Oslo Metropolitan University) |
CE Instructor: Smita Awasthi, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Nearly a quarter of individuals with a diagnosis of autism, remain non vocal-verbal even after 8 years of age (Lord, Risi, & Pickles, 2004; Wodka, Mathy & Kalb, 2013) and those with speech impairments and minimal verbal skills have less favorable outcomes in life (Anderson,2007). A 6-year 8 months study (2010-2016) with children with autism (n=126) was successful in inducing 7 first instances of speech in 105 (83%) of the participants, Awasthi (2017), using Mand and Intraverbal Training procedures. Drawn from this large cohort study, the first 3 studies in this symposium offer newer perspectives on the technologies that minimize the number of children remaining non-vocal, and reviews its effect on older non-vocal children. Details on the form of 734 first speech instances as words and syllables are also discussed. The fourth study, building upon previous research from behavioral sciences and Speech Language Pathology literature Presents video self-monitoring to improve procedural integrity in speech production training. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Intraverbal Training, Mand Trainiing, Speech Production, Video Self-monitoring |
Target Audience: Behavior Analysts and Speech Language Pathologists |
Learning Objectives: 1. Mand Training protocols to induce speech production in non-vocal children with autism 2. Intraverbal training protocols to induce speech production in non-vocal children with autism 3. Classifying forms of speech and planning additional interventions based on form of speech data 4. Improving treatment integrity in training speech production using video modelling |
|
The Role of Sign Mand Training and Intraverbal Training in Inducing First Instances of Speech in 126 Children With Autism |
(Applied Research) |
SMITA AWASTHI (Behavior Momentum India), Karola Dillenburger (Queen's University Belfast) |
Abstract: The current study spanning 6 years and 8 months, reviews the technologies developed for the emergence of speech in non-vocal children with autism and examines the effectiveness of sign mand training and intraverbal training and the role of stimulus stimulus pairing and motivating operations in inducing first instances of speech in non-vocal children on the autism spectrum. A total of 126 non-vocal children between the ages 1.4 years to 13.5 years participated in 4 experiments that used delayed non-concurrent multiple baseline design across subjects. The technologies were effective in inducing first instances of speech in 83% participants. The time to vocalization, vocals across operants, type of vocal emergence, age of vocalization and the relative successes of the technologies used are explored. |
|
An Analysis of First 735 Speech Instances in 105 Children With Autism |
(Applied Research) |
SRIDHAR ARAVAMUDHAN (Behavior Momentum India), Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India), Karola Dillenburger (Queen's University Belfast) |
Abstract: A 6-year 8 months study (2010-2016) with children with autism (n=126) was successful in inducing 7 first instances of speech in 105 (83%) of the participants (Awasthi, 2017). This retrospective study examines a) the form of speech emergence (syllables, word approximations, words) in this large cohort and b) the form of emergence under different stimulus conditions. A total 735 first instances of speech were recorded (first 7 vocals of each participant). Of these, initial vocals emerged as words in 341 instances (46%) and as word approximations or syllables in 394 (54%). When speech emerged as mands, 66% were words and only 34% were word approximations or syllables. The percentages were 57% and 43% respectively for intraverbal fill ins. With part echoic-part mands, only 19% were words and 81% were word approximations or syllables. Sounds that started with /b/, /m/, /p/, /c / /k/ and /o/ accounted for 54% of the first instances of speech. These results suggest a pattern of speech emergence in children with a diagnosis of autism undergoing behavioral interventions for speech emergence. Identifying, recording and classifying the type of emergence could help with clinical decision making for further interventions and serve as a starting point for new lines of research. |
|
Inducing First Instances of Speech in Older Children With Autism Using Mand and Intraverbal Training |
(Applied Research) |
RAZIA ALI (Behavior Momentum India), Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India), Karola Dillenburger (Queen's University Belfast) |
Abstract: Non-vocal-verbal children with Autism, aged between 1.8 years to 13.5 years participated in a large cohort study (n=126) spanning 6 years and 8 months, that was successful in inducing first instances of speech using mand and intraverbal training procedures in 105 (83%) participants, Awasthi (2017). Of these, 7 were older children with autism (8y 2m to 13y 5m). Of these 6 acquired first instances of speech while 1 left the study thirty weeks into intervention. Vocals emerged for 3 with mand training alone, 2 with delayed addition of intraverbal training and for 1 with simultaneous introduction of both. Of the 6 who were successful, the first speech instance emerged within 30 days of intervention with 4 but took more than 150 days with 2 others. The mean days to acquisition of all 7 instances of speech was 181 days (range 58 days to 359 days) taking an average of 25 days/ vocal. A recast of their data in 2 non-concurrent, delayed, MBL graph format confirms the effectiveness of these interventions in inducing first instances of speech in older non-vocal children with autism. |
|
Using Video Self-Monitoring to Promote Staff Performance and Procedural Integrity: Applications to Speech Production Training |
(Applied Research) |
LINA M. SLIM-TOPDJIAN (ASAP - A Step Ahead Program, LLC), Lina M. Slim-Topdjian (ASAP - A Step Ahead Program, LLC), Tamara S. Kasper (The Center for Autism Treatment) |
Abstract: Interprofessional collaboration to improve procedural integrity of speech production for learners with autism with limited vocal repertoires is essential to effective and efficient intervention programming (Brodhead, 2015; Cardon, 2017; Cox, 2012; Garbacz, et al., 2016; Griffin, 2017). It is within the scope of practice of speech-language pathologists (SLP) to assess and develop interventions addressing speech production (ASHA.org). An interprofessional collaborative approach to intervention between speech-language pathologists and behavior analysts will enhance staff performance during speech production training and promote effective learner outcome. This presentation examines the effectiveness of a Staff Training Procedure (STP), consisting of Video Self-Monitoring (VSM), Performance Feedback (PF) and Reflection (R) on sustained and generalized teacher performance and Procedural Integrity, on two Dependent Variables – application of the Learn Unit (LU) and Rate of Effective Instruction (ROI). Results are in support of the literature (DiGennaro-Reed et al., 2010; Gartmeier et al., 2008; Greer et al., 2008; Jansen et al., 2008; LeBlanc et al. 2005; Lerman, et al., 2008; Pelletier et al., 2010) that VSM and PF may enhance teacher/therapist performance and sustainability of procedural integrity. VSM and PF may be an effective skill acquisition procedure to implement during speech production training to improve procedural integrity. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Applications of Contingency Management to Promote Healthy Behavior Change |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Alpine 1/2 |
Area: BPN/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: August F. Holtyn (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Discussant: Shrinidhi Subramaniam (California State University, Stanislaus) |
CE Instructor: Shrinidhi Subramaniam, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Many chronic health conditions could be prevented, delayed, or improved through healthy behavior change. However, promoting and maintaining health behaviors can be challenging, particularly when reinforcement for an unhealthy choice (e.g., drug use) is available immediately and benefits of a healthy choice (e.g., drug abstinence) are delayed. Contingency management interventions, which arrange for the direct and immediate reinforcement of therapeutically important target behaviors, have been highly effective in promoting a wide range of health behaviors in diverse populations. The presentations delivered in this symposium will cover recent applications of contingency management in the treatment of chronic health problems. Specific topics will include treatment of opioid and cocaine use disorder in chronically unemployed adults, use of a smartphone-based approach to promote adherence to antiretroviral medications in people living with HIV, examination of individual differences in response to treatment for cocaine use disorder, and evaluation of cardiac rehabilitation participation and hospital utilization among low-income cardiac patients. In sum, this symposium offers an overview of interventions that apply behavior analytic principles to promote healthy behavior change. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): contingency management, health, incentives |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the symposium, participants will be able to: (1) describe how operant conditioning can be used to promote therapeutic behavior change; (2) identify key features of contingency management interventions; (3) discuss recent applications of contingency management to promote healthy behavior change. |
|
A Long-Term Treatment for Drug Addiction and Unemployment: Interim Results |
(Applied Research) |
AUGUST F. HOLTYN (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Kenneth Silverman (Johns Hopkins University) |
Abstract: Poverty, unemployment, and drug addiction are co-occurring problems. This ongoing study is evaluating whether abstinence-contingent wage supplements can promote drug abstinence and employment in chronically unemployed adults with opioid use disorder. In Phase 1 (3 months), participants can earn up to $200/week for engaging in job-skills training. To promote drug abstinence, participants must provide opiate- and cocaine-negative urine samples to maintain maximum pay. In Phase 2 (1 year), participants are randomly assigned to receive Individual Placement and Support (IPS) supported employment (IPS Only) or IPS with abstinence-contingent wage supplements (IPS + ACWS). Participants in the IPS + ACWS group can earn up to $320/week for maintaining opiate- and cocaine-abstinence and for seeking and maintaining employment. Participants complete assessments every 30 days throughout Phases 1 and 2. Interim results show that participants in the IPS + ACWS group provided significantly more opiate- and cocaine-negative urine samples, and were significantly more likely to gain employment than participants in the IPS Only group. This intervention could be an effective long-term treatment for drug addiction and unemployment. |
|
Increasing Adherence to Life-Saving Medicine with Contingencies and Technology |
(Applied Research) |
HAILY TRAXLER (Western Michigan University), Amanda Devoto (Western Michigan University), David William Sottile (Western Michigan University), Anthony DeFulio (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Antiretroviral therapy (ART) improves life expectancy and quality of life for individuals living with HIV. ART adherence of >95% drastically decreases the likelihood of transmission to others, but many people with a history of drug use do not maintain this level of adherence. The purpose of this study was to develop a mobile contingency management (CM) intervention for promoting medication adherence in people with a history of drug use. Fifty participants with a history of opioid or cocaine use were enrolled in the study for six months and randomly assigned to either a control (n=25) or treatment (n=25) group. Treatment group participants received a smartphone loaded with a CM intervention app that allowed for (1) direct observation of medication consumption through video selfies, (2) easy tracking of incentive earnings, (3) easy access to adherence-related resources, and (4) a dosing reminder texting system. The proportion of individuals who achieved 95% adherence increased over time in the treatment group and decreased over time in the control group, and was significantly different in the final study month (55% vs. 19%; p=0.015). Usage data showed high levels of intervention engagement and correct usage, and self-reports showed a high level of intervention acceptability. |
|
Baseline Characteristics and Initial Abstinence During Contingency Management Among Methadone Patients With Cocaine Use Disorder |
(Applied Research) |
MAGGIE SWEENEY (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Tanyaradzwa Chikosi (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Tyrone Scales (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Kelly Dunn (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Maxine Stitzer (Behavioral Pharmacology Research Unit) |
Abstract: Contingency management (CM) promotes drug abstinence using monetary incentives contingent upon drug negative urine samples, but only about half or fewer of substance users exposed to CM respond by initiating abstinence. Thus, there is a need to understand individual differences in abstinence initiation. We are conducting a randomized, placebo-controlled trial evaluating whether the medication bupropion (Wellbutrin®) enhances response to CM for cocaine abstinence among methadone patients with cocaine use disorders. Data collection for the effects of medication is ongoing, but we have conducted preliminary analyses to determine whether individuals who initiate early abstinence differ systematically from individuals who fail to initiate early abstinence. Thus far, 25% of the sample achieved six consecutive cocaine-negative urines within the first six weeks of CM (i.e., prior to randomization; early abstainers). Early abstainers were not distinguishable from other participants according to cocaine use disorder severity, demographics, or performance on neurocognitive assessments. Early abstainers showed significantly greater proportion of cocaine-negative urine samples post-randomization relative to those who did not initiate early abstinence. These data emphasize that considerable and persistent differences exist in response to CM. In addition, cocaine use disorder severity, demographics, and other baseline characteristics may be insufficient to predict early abstinence during CM. |
|
Increasing Cardiac Rehabilitation Participation Among Medicaid Enrollees: Effects on Hospital Utilization |
(Applied Research) |
DIANN GAALEMA (University of Vermont), Eline van den Broek-Altenburg (University of Vermont), Stephen T. Higgins (University of Vermont), Phillip Ades (University of Vermont) |
Abstract: Attendance at cardiac rehabilitation significantly reduces the risk of morbidity and mortality following a cardiac event. However, certain populations of patients, such as lower-socioeconomic status patients, are unlikely to attend or complete the recommended course of rehabilitation. In a clinical trial, 130 participants were randomized to either usual care control or to earn incentives on an escalating schedule for completing up to 36 outpatient rehabilitation sessions. Incentivized participants completed significantly more sessions of cardiac rehabilitation and were twice as likely to complete the program. In this secondary analysis of the trial, we estimated the impact of the intervention on ED, Inpatient and Outpatient expenditures, number of visits and length of stay (LOS). Group differences were evaluated 12 months after patients’ qualifying event. Expenditures were modeled using a two-part model (TPM), since we expected that the probability of incurring any expenditure was independent of the amount of expenditure; number of visits and LOS were modeled by using negative binomial regressions. Models controlled for sociodemographic factors, smoking status, and severity of illness. Preliminary results indicate that the intervention group had, compared to the control group, lower mean expenditures for ED and outpatient, but not inpatient services. |
|
|
|
|
|
Evaluation of Antecedent-Based Manipulations in Applied Behavior-Analytic Feeding Interventions |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 1/2 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Bethany Hansen (Munroe Meyer Institute ) |
Discussant: Melanie H. Bachmeyer (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
CE Instructor: Bethany Hansen, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Feeding disorders can range in severity and can negatively impact a child’s nutrition and growth (Piazza, & Carroll-Hernandez, 2004). Various factors (e.g., complex medical histories, oral motor deficits) can contribute to the development and maintenance of feeding difficulties. ABA-based interventions have the most empirical support for the assessment and treatment of pediatric feeding disorders (Volkert & Piazza, 2012). These ABA-based interventions include antecedent manipulations, such as demand fading (Dolezal, 2006) and utensil manipulation (Wilkin et al., 2014), and consequence-based strategies, such as escape extinction (Bachmeyer et al., 2009). The purpose of the current symposium is to present four studies which investigate a variety of antecedent manipulations as treatment for feeding disorders. The first will compare the effects of three utensil manipulations (i.e., upright-spoon, Nuk, flipped-spoon) and evaluated their effects on oral-motor skills. The second will investigate whether an alternative bite placement can compensate for oral motor deficits and will review effective interventions for increasing lip closure during feeding. The third will evaluate demand fading across several dimensions (i.e., bite placement, bolus size, bite quantity) with and without escape extinction. The fourth will examine whether food preferences change over the course of intervention and discuss implications as possible antecedent manipulations. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): antecedent manipulation, escape extinction, feeding, oral motor |
Target Audience: Clinicians
Researchers
Students |
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to identify at least 3 different dimensions that demand fading can occur across.
2. Attendees will be able to discuss at least one treatment aimed to improve lip closure.
3. Attendees will be able to identify at least 3 utensil manipulations that can be used as antecedent strategies. |
|
Further Evaluation of Utensil Manipulation During Initial Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders |
VIVIAN F IBANEZ (University of Florida), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Jovanie St. Paul (University of Florida; Florida Autism Center), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Children with feeding disorders may pack or expel food when they lack the oral-motor skills, the motivation, or both to swallow. Utensil manipulation such as presenting bites on the tongue with a Nuk or flipped spoon is a treatment that researchers generally implement after these behaviors emerge. One exception is Wilkins et al., (2014) because they implemented utensil manipulation during initial treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. In the current study, we extended previous utensil-manipulation studies by comparing the effects of (a) upright-spoon presentation; (b) Nuk presentation; and (c) flipped-spoon presentation on 2 product measures of swallowing, 15- and 30-s mouth clean, and expulsion during the initial treatment of feeding disorders with 5 children. We also monitored lip closure during upright-spoon presentation and following bite deposit in all conditions to evaluate whether utensil manipulation corresponded with improvements in this oral-motor skill. Nuk presentation produced the highest levels of 15-s mouth clean and the lowest rates of expels relative to upright-spoon presentation and flipped-spoon presentation across children. We discuss the data in terms of potential reasons why utensil manipulation improved feeding behavior and how measures of oral-motor skills might predict the necessity of utensil manipulation during initial treatment. |
|
An Examination of Food Preferences Before and After Treatment for a Pediatric Feeding Disorder |
JASON R. ZELENY (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center; Emory School of Medicine), Vivian F Ibanez (University of Florida), Jaime Crowley (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Caitlin A. Kirkwood (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health, University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Abstract: Exposure to noxious stimuli in the context of eating results in avoidance behavior in nonhuman animals (Garcia & Kellog, 1966), which may be the same mechanism by which feeding disorders develop in children. However, little is known about the food preferences of children with a feeding disorder and medical diagnoses. Therefore, we set out to identify whether intervention for the feeding disorder results in changes in preferences for foods as a function of exposure. In the current investigation, we evaluated whether the food preferences of children with feeding disorders changed over the course of intervention. We conducted repeated free- and random-choice preference assessments with foods to which we either exposed or did not expose children with a feeding disorder and medical diagnoses during clinical treatment. Responding was relatively equivalent for exposure and nonexposure foods throughout the preference assessments, suggesting that preferences for foods did not change due to exposure during treatment. |
|
Demand Fading Across Dimensions With and Without Escape Extinction in the Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders |
CHEYENNE DANIEL (University of North Carolina Wilmington; Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health), Melanie H. Bachmeyer (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Caitlin A. Kirkwood (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health; University of North Carolina Wilmington), Connor Sheehan (University of North Carolina Wilmington; Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health), Erika Winnie (University of North Carolina Wilmington; Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health
) |
Abstract: Previous literature supports the use of demand fading in conjunction with differential reinforcement of alternative behavior to increase food consumption and mitigate potential emotional responding often observed in escape extinction of inappropriate mealtime behavior (Dolezal, 2006). However, demand fading can occur across many dimensions (e.g., bite placement, bolus size, bite quantity; Kerwin Ahearn, Eicher, & Burd, 1995; Knox, Rue, Wildenger, Lamb, & Luiselli, 2012; Penrod, Gardella, & Fernand, 2012). It is unclear which dimension is the most effective and efficient to fade along to increase consumption and decrease inappropriate mealtime behavior. We used a combined multielement and reversal design to assess the effects of demand fading across bite placement and bolus size plus differential reinforcement of alternative behavior, with and without escape extinction, on compliance and inappropriate mealtime behavior. So far, results indicated that compliance increased across both demand fading dimensions only after we added escape extinction. Initial rates of inappropriate mealtime behavior were lower across both demand fading dimensions with escape extinction compared to escape extinction alone, suggesting that demand fading can help attenuate some potential side effects of escape extinction. Implications of incorporating demand fading into escape extinction are discussed. |
|
Increasing Lip Closure and Decreasing Biting on the Spoon in a Child With Autism and 100% Gastrostomy Tube Dependency |
HOLLY M NEY (Clinic 4 Kidz), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz) |
Abstract: The clinical significance of lip closure as it relates to pediatric feeding disorders has not yet been empirically evaluated. From an oral motor perspective, in typically developing infants, lip closure helps to keep food within the mouth, and the skill becomes more efficient as the child develops (Carruth & Skinner, 2002). Unfortunately, this behavior does not always emerge in children with feeding disorders, as they do not follow an age-typical eating progression. This may result in an “open mouth posture” when depositing food. It is unclear whether this behavior is actually an avoidance response or a result of limited oral motor skills. For children with limited oral motor capabilities, this may also result in higher levels of expulsion and/or packing (Wilkins et al., 2014; Sharp, Harker, & Jaquess, 2010). Previous researchers have demonstrated that antecedent manipulations such as an alternative bite placement on the middle of the tongue may compensate for these deficits (Girolami, Boscoe, & Roscoe, 2007). However, bite placement alone does not necessarily address the issue of poor lip closure. Therefore, increasing lip closure may be an alternative antecedent manipulation that may also compensate for a lack of oral motor capabilities. In the current study, we successfully increased lip closure and decreased biting on the spoon in a 6-year old boy with a feeding disorder using physical guidance and fading. As a result of this manipulation, we were able to increase oral intake and decrease tube feedings. |
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalence Class Formation and Errorless Learning: Theory and Application |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom A |
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College) |
Discussant: Julian C. Leslie (Ulster University) |
CE Instructor: Julian C. Leslie, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will address advanced topics in the stimulus control of behavior in the experimental and applied domains. All presentations, two experimental and two applied, investigated how a variety of stimulus conditions impacted the formation of stimulus classes under. The first presentation manipulated the physical properties of stimuli to form generalized equivalence classes (money equivalences) to induce new applied repertoires (purchasing skills) that emerged in novel settings. The second presentation compared contingent and non-contingent reinforcement during errorless instruction and determined that the influence of a “hidden contingency” accounted for errorless learning in the absence of contingent reinforcement. The third presentation evaluated different training modalities on the subsequent formation of equivalence classes. The results suggested that stimulus control topography coherence theory may require revision. Finally, the fourth presentation investigated whether or not prompts used during training entered into equivalence classes and expanded those classes. The results indicated that class-specific prompts became members of relevant classes and could be used to efficiently expand those classes. The outcomes of these studies are discussed in terms of the development of novel forms of stimulus control and improving the efficacy of instruction of complex behavior. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Errorless Instruction, Stimulus Equivalence |
Target Audience: Graduate students conducting research in the areas of complex stimulus control and derived relational responding; Individuals designing instruction for children with and without autism and developmental disabilities, |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the defining properties of stimulus equivalence; 2. Define stimulus control topography coherence theory; 3. Explain how stimulus equivalence and stimulus control topography coherence theory can be applied to instruction. |
|
Using A Generalized Equivalence Class Strategy to Teach Functional Money Skills |
(Applied Research) |
MEGAN BREAULT (Realizing Children's Strengths Learning Center;
Simmons University), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College), Christina M. King (Realizing Children's Strengths Learning Center;
Simmons University), Colleen Yorlets (Realizing Children's Strengths, Behavioral & Educational Consulting;
Simmons University) |
Abstract: A generalized equivalence class is demonstrated when reflexive, symmetrical, and transitive relations emerge among stimuli that are perceptually disparate, and others that are perceptually similar to the members of the base equivalence class. In this study, a participant with autism learned to match coins (B) and items to be purchased (C) and to price tags (A). After three-member classes were established, tests determined whether untrained but physically similar items (C’) entered into the established class, thus expanding the class beyond the original three members. While equivalence classes formed, we found incomplete inclusion of the novel, physically similar items (C’). A second systematic replication will seek to produce complete inclusion of the novel but physically similar items (C’) into the established classes by systematically manipulating those physical properties. The results of these studies are discussed in terms of procedures that may yield a variety of generalized equivalence classes (i.e., minimally, partially and fully elaborated). |
|
Learning in Stimulus Fading by Response-Contingent
Reinforcement and by Response-Contingent Stimulus Change |
(Basic Research) |
MARGOT BERTOLINO (University of Lille), Vinca Riviere (University of Lille), Lanny Fields (Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: This experiment explored the influence of the reinforcement contingency on the acquisition of all discriminations in a stimulus fading (SF) protocol by studying two conditions. In the stimulus fading condition (SF) contingent reinforcement was used throughout the SF protocol. In the yoked control condition (YC) non-contingent reinforcers were presented through the protocol. In both protocols, a participant had to learn up to eight increasing difficult discriminations arrayed along a dimension of luminance difference. All eight discriminations were acquired by 18 of 20 in the SF protocol and 2 of 20 in the YC protocol. Of the 18 in the YC protocol who did not learn all eight discriminations, many of intervening discriminations were acquired even though no contingency of reinforcement was active. When errors were considered, very few occurred during the SF protocol (errorless learning) while many more occurred during the YC protocol. Thus, while the contingency of reinforcement played a significant role in learning in stimulus fading, a “hidden” contingency– response produced stimulus change - was responsible for the learning of the discriminations in the absence of the contingency of reinforcement, and non-contingent reinforcement impeded the acquisition of the discriminations. Since response-produced stimulus change is present in all fading protocols, it could also influence discrimination learning in fading, regardless of procedural variation. Finally, failures in stimulus fading might also define a participant’s differential threshold for luminance differences. |
|
Training Modality and Equivalence Class Formation: A Test Of Stimulus Control Topography Coherence Theory |
(Basic Research) |
Lanny Fields (Queens College, City University of New York), DEBRA PAONE (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center) |
Abstract: This experiment explored how training influenced the formation of 3-node 5-member equivalence classes during the simultaneous protocol. The baseline relations were established concurrently (CONC) or serially (SER) on a trial and error basis, or serially and “errorlessly” with a constructed response matching to sample procedure (CRMTS). After training, test blocks were administered to measure class formation. Test blocks trials contained all baseline relations and probes for symmetry, transitivity, and equivalence. The error percentages while acquiring the baseline relations were highest during concurrent training, lower during serial training, and lowest during constructed response training. Yet, similar percentages of participants formed classes in each training condition. Thus, the likelihood of equivalence class formation under the simultaneous protocol was not influenced by training modality or prevalence of errors during baseline acquisition. In addition, transient stimulus control topographies that emerged during training did not subsequently resurge during testing, thus, their resurgence did not account for failed class formation. Because the error and resurgence findings were not consistent with stimulus control topography coherence theory, it might have to be revised to accommodate to the data reported in this experiment. |
|
The Inclusion of Prompts in Equivalence Classes |
(Applied Research) |
SIMONE VILAS BOAS PALMER (Simmons College and Crossroads School), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College), Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption College), Paula Ribeiro Braga Kenyon (Trumpet Behavioral Health) |
Abstract: Sidman (2000) posited that equivalence relations may include all elements of a conditional discrimination (e.g., sample and comparison stimuli, responses, and reinforcers). Research has verified this outcome. However, establishing conditional discriminations may involve the use of supplementary stimuli, called prompts, to occasion the correct responding. To date the question of whether or not prompts may enter into the relevant equivalence class has not be answered. Experiment 1 taught graduate students visual-visual matching-to-sample relations with arbitrary stimuli. Initially, the S+ stimulus on each trial was highlighted using a class-specific prompt (e.g., colors: class 1 = blue; class 2 = red; class 3 = yellow). Contingent on correct responding the prompt was systematically faded until six conditional discriminations were acquired, in the absence of the color prompt (A1-B1; A2-B2; A3-B3; A1-C1; A2-C2; and A3-C3). Following this training, testing documented the formation of 3-three member equivalence classes. Identity matching-to-sample training was then conducted, again using the color prompts (D-D). Subsequent testing revealed that the class-specific prompts (colors) became members of relevant equivalence class, established during training and testing and expanded the classes to four members. Implications for teaching students with developmental disabilities and increased efficacy of instruction are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advances in Discounting Methods, Understanding, and Analytic Techniques |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich E-G |
Area: EAB/BPN; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: David J. Cox (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Discussant: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University) |
CE Instructor: David J. Cox, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Delay and probability discounting refer to the devaluation of an outcome as a function of the delay or probability with which the outcome occurs. Discounting rates inform researchers how people make decisions and have been shown to differ between individuals with unhealthy patterns of behavior and control groups. But, everyday choices are not devoid of context and many questions remain about what choice is sensitive to across contexts. This series of talks examines how discounting can be influenced by one’s previous history and current state of access to the commodity under consideration. In addition, these talks highlight novel discounting methodology and data analytic approaches that may allow researchers to better understand what discounting looks like across different groups. Populations discussed will be women with food insecurities, MTurk participants, and the classic undergraduate student. Topics discussed will be amount/delay sensitivity to alcohol; how the size of one’s bank account and intermixing gains and losses influences discounting; and classic population comparisons in discounting rates. Together, the talks that comprise this symposium highlight advances in: methods for measuring discounting, group differences in discounting, and analytic techniques to understand discounting. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): behavioral economics, behavioral pharmacology, delay discounting, probability discounting |
Target Audience: Graduate students in behavior analysis; Behavior analysts working in feeding; behavior analysts working with substance abuse populations |
Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to describe the standard methodology for producing discounting data. Participants will be able to describe how discounting differs between clinical and non-clinical populations. Participants will be able to describe how methods for gathering and analyzing data can influence discounting outcomes. |
|
Delay and Probability Discounting for Food and Money Differs in Women With Food Insecurity |
LUIS RODRIGUEZ (Idaho State University), Erin B. Rasmussen (Idaho State University), Dante Kyne-Rucker (Idaho State University), Maria Wong (Idaho State University), Katie Martin (Idaho State University) |
Abstract: Food insecurity, or inconsistent access to foods that meet nutritional needs, has been linked to delay discounting for money, a behavioral measure of impulsivity. The purpose of the present study was to examine differences in delay and probability discounting for food and money outcomes in women with varying levels of food insecurity. Ninety-two women were recruited from a community sample. Participants completed delay and probability discounting tasks for food and money, food security measures, and measures of demographic and health-related variables. Results revealed that food insecure individuals showed significantly higher rates of delay discounting for both food and money compared to food secure individuals. No significant differences were found with probability discounting. These results indicate food insecure individuals are relatively more impulsive for food and money than those of food secure status but not necessarily different in risk-taking. In addition, impulsive behavior may be an underlying mechanism of obesity-related health outcomes in food insecure populations. |
|
Gain-Loss Sequence Effects and Asymmetry in Delay and Probability Discounting |
GIDEON NAUDE (University of Kansas), Allyson R Salzer (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The sign effect is a well-documented phenomenon that describes the tendency for individuals to differentially discount gains and losses. In the present investigation, we examined the effects of temporal sequencing on delayed and probabilistic monetary gains and losses to determine whether differences occurred when either gains or losses were assessed first, following a loss, or following a gain. Participants (N = 486) recruited from Amazon Mechanical Turk completed either two delay or two probability discounting assessments, counterbalanced across temporal and sign sequences. Regression suggested sequence significantly impacted rates of discounting for delayed and probabilistic gains and modulated magnitude effects across both gains and losses. These results add to the growing literature on gain-loss asymmetry and may inform methods of gathering delay and probability discounting data. |
|
On the Differential Discounting of Money and Alcohol in College Students: Effects of Reward Magnitude and Delay |
STEFANIE S. STANCATO (University of Kansas), Ale Carrillo (The University of Kansas), David P. Jarmolowicz (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Heavy alcohol use on college campuses is a major concern, as it can result in academic problems, assault, alcohol use disorders, and death. One hallmark of excessive drinking is elevated discounting rates of alcohol compared to money. Differences in discounting rates could be due to differences in sensitivity to magnitude of rewards and/or delay. Recent analytic techniques may provide a better understanding of these behavioral mechanisms, and their effects on choice. We used the multilevel modeling technique to evaluate discounting of alcohol and money with undergraduate college students. This approach examines group and individual discounting rates simultaneously using a multilevel logistic regression and nonlinear models. It has been recommended for use, as it is sensitive to magnitudes of reward and relative delay, which are considered separate contributors to choice. We found subjects had differential sensitivity to reward magnitude and delay when discounting of alcohol compared to money. Findings suggest these analytic techniques may lead to the enhanced understanding of these behavioral processes needed to successfully target and decrease alcohol consumption on college campuses. |
|
Effects of Economic Context in Discounting |
MOLLY A BARLOW (University of Florida), David Cox (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Previous studies have investigated how drastic changes to income influence delay discounting (e.g. Bickel et al., 2016). Additionally, while researchers have investigated how choices change as a function of the absolute magnitude of an outcome (e.g. Green et al., 1999), no studies have investigated how choices change as a function of magnitude relative to the amount in a participant’s bank. We investigated how endowing participants with a bank of varying amounts influenced choice within delay discounting tasks. 60 undergraduate psychology students completed 4 delay discounting tasks. Each task presented one of two different amounts for the delayed choice alternative (i.e., $3000 and $500,000). In addition, each task presented one of two relative bank amounts (i.e., 1/4 or 4 times the delayed amount). Discounting of the delayed amount was significantly greater when the bank amount was smaller than the delayed amount (e.g. $750 bank; $3,000 delayed amount) only in the small delayed amount ($3,000) condition. When the delayed outcome magnitude was large ($500,000), the bank amount did not have a statistically significant effect on discounting. Our results suggest contrived economic context influences participants’ choices under conditions in which an outcome is delayed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Storytelling Intervention Promotes Academic Language Skills and Inclusion: A Verbal Behavior Analysis and Applied Research |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Fairmont, Second Level, Gold |
Area: EDC/VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Trina Spencer (University of South Florida) |
Discussant: Tina Marie Covington (Anderson Center for Autism) |
CE Instructor: Trina Spencer, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Academic language, which strongly predicts academic achievement, is defined as the language used in school to acquire and use knowledge (Nagy & Townsend, 2012). Insufficient academic language skills of children with disabilities or at risk of reading failure limit their access to general education and inclusive opportunities. There is a paucity of research investigating interventions that promote the acquisition and normalization of language beyond basic verbal operants. Oral narrative intervention is a promising approach to teaching diverse learners higher level academic language skills, including complex vocabulary, inferencing, syntax and grammar, and writing. Through oral storytelling children with disabilities can receive academically-focused instruction alongside their peers. The purpose of this symposium is to provide a conceptual analysis, multiple empirical examples, and a review of extant literature on storytelling interventions with children with autism. Practitioners will receive recommendations for teaching advanced verbal behavior through fun, interactive, and meaningful storytelling activities that increase opportunities for academic and social engagement. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): education, inclusion, storytelling, verbal behavior |
Target Audience: Speech and language pathologists, educators (general and special education, reading specialists), behavior analysts |
|
Beyond Elementary Verbal Operants: A Conceptual Analysis of Storytelling |
(Theory) |
TRINA SPENCER (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Narratives are causally related events told or retold in temporal order (Cohn, 1999; Prince, 1982). They are critically important for social and academic development of children, especially those with language related disabilities. Telling or retelling a story is considered a verbal operant response. Therefore, Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior applies to narratives. However, the size of the unit is much larger than what is typically understood by elementary verbal operants and narratives are standardly under multiple control related to tacts, intraverbals, and sometimes mands and echoics. What is less understood is the autoclitic framework involved in the structure of stories and the linguistic structures (e.g., grammar) of the sentences used to tell stories. Nonetheless, these structures are indeed functional (Palmer, 2007). In this paper, a verbal behavior analysis will be offered for complex and large units of verbal behavior known as narratives. Implications of a verbal behavior analysis of storytelling for teaching children with language related disabilities will be presented with particular attention to procedures for establishing and transferring stimulus control of storytelling and for enhancing response and stimulus generalization that results in generative and normalized academic and social communication of diverse children with language related disabilities (e.g., autism). |
|
Storytelling Intervention Improves Vocabulary and Inferencing: An Inclusive Approach |
(Applied Research) |
ANNA GARCIA (University of South Florida), Trina Spencer (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Two of the most important components of language and reading comprehension are vocabulary and narrative skills (Griffin et al., 2004). The purpose of this study was to examine the effect of vocabulary instruction embedded in narrative language intervention on children’s ability to retell stories and infer the meaning of contextually supported vocabulary words. Participants included 22 first grade students who presented with limited or impaired language skills. A small group (3-4 children) narrative language intervention with embedded vocabulary instruction was delivered four days a week for 30 minutes. Intervention sessions involved visually supported storytelling activities and promoting the use of less-common words while retelling personally-themed stories. Intervention effects were examined using a small-scale randomized control group design with an embedded repeated acquisition design across 12 weeks of intervention. Statistically significant differences were observed at posttest on narrative language skills [t(20) = 3.62, p > .001, d = 1.54] and inferential word learning measures [t(20) = 2.77, p = .01, d = 1.18]. Repeated acquisition graphs (see sample graphs) show 12 weekly demonstrations of targeted vocabulary acquisition for each of the 11 students in the treatment group, resulting in 121 replications of experimental effect. |
|
Oral Storytelling Intervention Improves Writing and Access to Peers |
(Applied Research) |
Trina Spencer (University of South Florida), MEGAN ERIN SULLIVAN SULLIVAN KIRBY (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: This study examined the extent to which oral language instruction using narratives can impact students’ writing skills. Following multiple baseline design conventions to demonstrate an experimental effect, three groups of first grade students experienced staggered baseline and intervention phases. During the intervention condition, groups received six sessions of small group narrative instruction over two weeks. Outside of oral narrative instruction, students were asked to write their own stories, forming the dependent variable across baseline, intervention, and maintenance conditions. Written stories were analyzed for story structure and language complexity using a simple narrative scoring flow chart. Corresponding to the onset of oral narrative instruction, students showed meaningful improvements in story writing, which maintained for several weeks. Results suggest that narrative instruction delivered exclusively in an oral modality has a robust and durable effect on students’ writing, which may be more efficient than addressing writing skills directly. Additionally, improvements in story writing were notable for one student receiving special education services, resulting in increased time spent in the general education classroom and access to grade-level peers. One important implication of a socially valid and flexible narrative intervention is enhanced inclusion of children with language related disabilities in general education and with peers. |
|
Review of Storytelling Intervention Studies Involving Children With Autism |
(Theory) |
MALLAMY IDALIT CAMARGO PENA (University of South Florida), Anna Garcia (University of South Florida), Trina Spencer (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Children with autism have deficits in language, communication, social interaction, and perspective taking skills. Storytelling integrates this cluster of skills as it requires an understanding of narrative structure, the use of complex sentences, and it naturally occurs in social contexts. For example, narratives have been used to teach children with autism to tell personal experience narratives (Favot et al., 2018), increase the complexity of the sentences used to tell stories (Petersen et al., 2016), and to take another’s perspective (Gillam et al., 2015). We will present a summary of the currently available data-based research that used storytelling activities to teach various skills to children with autism, many of which are published in non-behavior analytic journals. The results of the systematic review will be discussed while giving special attention to the specific teaching procedures used to promote storytelling, the dependable variables (e.g., social skills, academic skills, perspective taking, and communication skills), and the methodological rigor used to investigate the effect of the intervention. Implications will be discussed as they pertain to academic and social programming for children with autism and directions for future behavior analytic research. |
|
|
|
|
|
Applications of Behavior Analytic Training Methods |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Rouge |
Area: TBA/OBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Alyssa Miller (Melmark) |
Discussant: Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University) |
CE Instructor: Stephanie Gerow, M.S. |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis is concerned with improving or solving socially relevant problems (Baer, Wolf, & Risley, 1968; Fisher, Groff, & Roane, 2011). A socially relevant problem for service organizations and training institutions is ensuring employees and trainees acquire minimum competency to meet job expectations and to be eligible for employment. The purpose of this symposium is to provide examples of behavior analytic training applications in applied and university settings. The first paper provides an example of how behavior analytic training strategies were incorporated into a state mandated medication administration training. The number of organizational medication errors, number of opportunities to pass a written exam, and number of opportunities to pass a competency exam were examined to determine training outcomes. The second paper provides an example of an organizational training to improve outcomes of a functional behavior assessment. The third paper provides an example of university supported training for special educators to conduct trial-based functional analyses and develop function-based supports. The fourth paper provides an example of training for university students learning to conduct functional analyses. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Organizational Decision-Making, Teaching, Training |
Target Audience: Practitioners, educators, and administrators who design and implement employee and university training programs specific to behavior analysis. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this event participants will describe behavior analytic training strategies, describe the application of behavior analytic training strategies to meet multiple training needs, and describe how the discussed training strategies might support training they are involved with. |
|
Effects of Behavior Analytic Training Strategies on a State Mandated Medication Administration Training |
(Applied Research) |
MEAGHAN CHIRINOS (Melmark, PA), Jennifer Ruane (Melmark, PA), Alyssa Miller (Melmark), Shawn P. Quigley (Melmark, PA), Julianne Brechbeil (Melmark, PA), Nikolaos Tsolakidis (Melmark, PA), Hillary Viola (Melmark, PA) |
Abstract: Melmark is a multi-state human service provider with premier private special education schools, professional development, training, and research centers. Training at Melmark is designed to increase the professional skills of employees, which in turn increases life outcomes for the individuals we support. Melmark trains based upon the principles of competency based instruction, performance-based instruction (Brethower & Smalley, 1998) and behavioral skills training (BST; Reid, Rollyson & Parsons, 2012). The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of added material (i.e., 8-hours of video-based instruction), increased opportunities to respond during the training (i.e., fluency-timings, guided notes), and behavior skills training. Additionally, employees observing competency of the medication administration process were retrained using principles of fluency-based methods, active student responding, and behavior skills training. The outcomes of the trainings are discussed in light of medication errors, testing, as well as initial and maintenance observations. Impact on the organization will also be discussed. |
|
Antecedent and Consequence Information and Accurate Identification of Function by Direct Service Staff |
(Service Delivery) |
SUSAN A. RAPOZA-HOULE (Beacon ABA Services), Paulo Guilhardi (Beacon ABA Services, Inc.), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services) |
Abstract: The goal of the present study is to identify whether irrelevant stimuli affect the accurate identification of function by observers with limited experience in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). Eighteen participants were presented with video segments representing antecedent, behavior, and one of two consequences (either hand-over-hand prompting or removal of materials). While the actions shown in the videos did not vary, additional information irrelevant to the determination of function varied based on subtitles added to each segment. Participants were asked to hypothesize function at the conclusion of each of the 16 videos presented (4 in each condition). Participants’ hypotheses were used to determine whether and how surrounding information affects perception of function for staff with less than one year of experience in ABA. Results indicate when antecedent and consequence combinations depicted in the video segments are consistent, accuracy in identifying function is high. When the combinations are inconsistent, accuracy rates decrease, suggesting that the decrement may be based upon irrelevant surrounding information rather than relevant consequent stimulus changes. |
|
Supporting Preschool Teachers to Conduct Trial-Based Functional Analysis and Function-Based Interventions |
(Applied Research) |
Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), MARIE DAVID (Purdue University), Emily Gregori (Purdue University) |
Abstract: Young children with disabilities often require intensive, individualized support for challenging behaviors. Yet early childhood teachers are often undertrained or under supported in addressing challenging behaviors. As a result, classroom teachers may not be familiar with evidence-based practices for assessing and treating challenging behavior. In this two part study we evaluated a professional development curriculum based on behavioral skills training and practice-based coaching on early childhood special education teachers’ implementation of trial-based functional analysis and function-based intervention. We utilized a multiple-baseline design across teacher-student dyads to assess the effects of the model on teacher assessment and intervention fidelity and on child challenging behavior. Results showed improvement in teachers’ fidelity and concurrent decreases in child challenging behavior. Implications for practice and recommendations for future research are discussed. |
|
Training Students to Conduct Trial-Based Latency Functional Analyses Using Behavior Skills Training and TAGTeach |
(Applied Research) |
Maggie Pavone (Lindenwood University), KELLY HANTAK (Lindenwood University) |
Abstract: This study explored methods for training behavior analysis students to conduct functional analyses. Students (n=5) in a behavior analysis graduate program were first taught to conduct one condition of a trial-based latency functional analysis using three 30-minute sessions including instruction, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback. Performance following training was significantly better than baseline measures, however the criterion for competency was not met for all participants. Students (n=3) that did not demonstrate competency with the behavioral skills training alone were then provided 3 additional 10 minute training sessions using TAGTeach methodology. This additional training was sufficient for all students to attain competency. The same treatment integrity checklist used during training was then used to check for generalization in the students’ applied settings. All students (n=5) performed at mastery criterion under applied settings. Results indicate that behavioral skills training combined with TAGTeach training may be an effective way of training graduate students to conduct complex behavior analytic analyses. |
|
|
|
|
|
Applications of Applied Behavior Analysis to Health and Physical Fitness |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 3/4 |
Area: CBM/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Erin Lusby-Donovan (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
CE Instructor: James Moore, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Research has demonstrated the potential of applying behavior principles into health and physical fitness in many different ways (Allison and Allyon, 1980; Luiselli, Woods, & Reed, 2011). Further behavior analytic research should be conducted to assess effectiveness, accessibility, and satisfaction in human performance interventions (Luiselli, Woods, & Reed). Almost 40 years ago, Allison and Allyon (1980) asserted that “exploratory research in the area of the application of behavioral procedures to sport and physical education has been scarce.” Although the application of behavioral procedures to sports has increased over the decades, the specific use of behavioral procedures to improve a variety of skills and safety remains scarce. This symposium will present three novel applications of behavior analysis to various issues in health and physical fitness. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): health, physical fitness, sports |
Target Audience: Behavior Analysts, graduate students, academic faculty |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will review past applications of behavior analysis to health and physical fitness
2. Participants will learn new applications of behavior analysis to health and physical fitness, such as weightlifting and soccer.
2. Participants will discuss implications to further expanding the role of behavior analysis in health and physical fitness. |
|
Comparing Forward and Backward Chaining in Teaching Olympic Weightlifting |
James Moore (Canopy Children's Solutions), BREANNA NEWBORNE (Canopy Children's Solutions), Laura Quintero (Mississippi State University) |
Abstract: The popularity of Olympic-style weightlifting in fitness routines is growing, but participating in these exercises with improper technique places lifters at increased risk for injury. Fitness training professionals have developed multiple teaching strategies, but have not subjected these strategies to systematic evaluation, particularly with novice lifters. Two strategies recommended by professional training organizations are akin to forward and backward chaining, which have been shown effective at teaching other novel, complex behaviors. The present study compared these forward- and backward-chaining-like strategies to teach novice lifters “the clean” and “the snatch,” two Olympic weightlifting movements frequently incorporated into high-intensity training programs. Participants performed lifts taught with forward chaining more accurately than lifts taught with backward chaining. |
|
Reducing Risk of Head Injury in Youth Soccer: An Extension of Behavioral Skills Training for Heading |
LAURA QUINTERO (Mississippi State University), James Moore (Canopy Children's Solutions) |
Abstract: Recently, concerns regarding sport-related concussions have increased within the research literature, the media, and popular culture. One source of potential soccer-related concussions involved the purposeful striking of the ball with one’s head (i.e. heading). There is currently limited research on an effective teaching method to improve safe heading technique. In the current student, Behavior Skills Training was evaluated as a method to teach correct heading techniques to youth soccer players. Results indicated that BST increased the percentage of correct steps for each player based on a task analysis of heading. Based on social validity questionnaires administered to players and the coach, BST was rated as an acceptable form of training. After the final training session, experienced coaches evaluated video recordings of baseline and training sessions for each player and rated each player as having improved from baseline to training. |
|
The Effects of Self-Monitoring, Peer-Monitoring, and Peer Yoked Contingency on Physical Activity in Adults |
AMANDA M AUSTIN (ARROW Health and Wellness), Erin Lusby-Donovan (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Physical activity is one of the most critical actions Americans can take to improve overall health. Despite the wide range of health benefits physical activity can provide, it is estimated that more than 60% of U.S. adults do not reach the recommended amount of weekly physical activity and 25% do not engage in any physical activity. Effective intervention is needed to increase physical activity in U.S. adults. This study examines the effects of self-monitoring, peer-monitoring, and peer yoked contingency on physical activity in adults. The study is currently in progress and results have not been determined at this time. |
|
|
|
|
|
Are Women Academics Receiving Fair Treatment in Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Cuvee |
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Hugo Curiel (The University of Texas Rio Grande Valley) |
Discussant: Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Anita Li, M.S. |
Abstract: There has been growing interest in the representation of women and other minorities in the field of behavior analysis given the inception of the Women in Behavior Analysis conference and the special issue on Women in Behavior Analysis published in Behavior Analysis in Practice, an ABAI-affiliated journal. This symposium reports data regarding representation of women in academia within behavior analysis by examining research productivity and publicly available salaries. The first paper entitled, “Participation of Women in Behavior Analysis Research: Some Recent and Relevant Data,” reports an increasing trend of women publishing in major behavior analytic journals compared to historical data. The second paper, “The Gender Pay Gap for Behavior Analysis Faculty: It’s Big and Bad,” reports a shocking discrepancy amongst female and male professors employed at ABAI-accredited universities based in the United States relative to other disciplines. We discuss implications of these findings for women in academia and in the field of behavior analysis. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): academia, diversity, wage gap, women |
Target Audience: Professors, graduate students, instructors of behavior analysis, and supervisors of individuals pursuing behavior analytic certification |
Learning Objectives: 1. Audience members will be able to report on historical figures on women's participation in research in applied behavior analysis. 2. Audience members will describe strategies to incorporate research in applied settings. 3. Audience members will describe strategies to reduce the wage gap and participation of women in both academia and practice. |
|
Participation of Women in Behavior Analysis Research: Some Recent and Relevant Data |
ANITA LI (Western Michigan University), Hugo Curiel (The University of Texas Rio Grande Valley), Joshua K. Pritchard (Factari), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: An examination of article authorship and editorial board membership for six behavior-analytic journals from 2014-16 revealed that, compared to findings from prior years, women’s participation has increased substantially over time. This finding is heartening and continued efforts to ensure that everyone has the opportunity to succeed in, and be served by, behavior analysis are richly merited. |
|
The Gender Pay Gap for Behavior Analysis Faculty: It’s Big and Bad |
Anita Li (Western Michigan University), NICOLE GRAVINA (University of Florida), Joshua K. Pritchard (Factari), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: We examined publicly available faculty salaries for men and women faculty members in 16 ABAI-accredited university programs. Overall, 50.6% of the 89 faculty members were women, although there were twice as many men as women at the full professor level. Our data suggest that ABAI-accredited training programs pay women less than men at all academic levels. Both in absolute terms and relative to the wage gap reported in other area of psychology, the difference in mean wages for women and men in our sample is enormous. This state of affairs is an embarrassment for our discipline and should distress all right-thinking behavior analysts. As individuals and as a collective, women have received unequal and unfair treatment for millennia. It’s time for a change. |
|
|
|
|
|
Pain: An Update From the Applied Front--Conditioning and Measuring Behavior Still Matter |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom AB |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Frank Symons, Ph.D. |
Chair: Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa) |
FRANK SYMONS (University of Minnesota) |
Dr. Frank Symons is a Distinguished McKnight University Professor in Special Education and Educational Psychology at the University of Minnesota where he also serves as the Associate Dean for Research and Policy in the College of Education & Human Development. His research agenda positions him in the crossroads of interdisciplinary inquiry in behavioral disorders and neurodevelopmental disabilities. His specific focus has been on the behavioral mechanisms and pathophysiology underlying chronic self-injurious behavior occurring among individuals with neurodevelopmental disorders including Fragile X syndrome, Rett syndrome, autism, and intellectual disability. His work has also advanced by addressing issues specific to pain and intellectual and developmental disabilities. He holds current appointments in the Department of Educational Psychology and the Center for Neurobehavioral Development. Symons has been P.I. or a Co-Investigator on several NIH R series grants the majority involving bench and bedside/clinic components and their integration. |
Abstract: Pain is a classic or, perhaps, rather a modern scientific conundrum. It is, by definition, a subjective experience. One of the confusing or difficult problems comes about by reducing the experience to a singular objective entity that can be quantified. How and why this is done will be discussed in two ways. One in relation to contemporary accounts of basic pain research agendas and what seems like the (re)discovery of the brain and conditioning (respondent, operant) mechanisms. The other by placing the issue in the applied context of trying to reliably and validity measure pain experience in individuals with communicative difficulties associated with intellectual and developmental disabilities. |
Target Audience: Behavioral scientists; practitioners providing services to individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, attendees will be able to: (1) define pain; (2) describe the specific problem of the definition of pain for individuals with communication disabilities; (3) describe common features of non-verbal pain rating scales. |
|
|
|
|
|
SQAB Tutorial: Multilevel Modeling for Single-Subject Designs and Model Fitting |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich D |
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research |
PSY/BACB/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: William DeHart, Ph.D. |
Chair: Shawn Patrick Gilroy (Louisiana State University) |
Presenting Authors: : WILLIAM DEHART (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute), JONATHAN FRIEDEL (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health) |
Abstract: Application of basic statistical measures (e.g., t-tests, ANOVA) to single-subject designs have been a source of conflict in Behavior Analysis because, in part, these tests aggregate behavioral variability across subjects and time, eliminating much of the data that behavior analysts find important. Multilevel modeling (MLM) is a statistical technique that addresses these concerns and is commonly used when data are naturally clustered (e.g., student clusters in classrooms, which are also clustered in various schools across a district). With MLM, the value of a statistical parameter for a specific case depends on the levels of the each cluster for that case. A single subject can serve as a cluster of data and, therefore, MLM can provide subject-by-subject predictions. In a single-subject or small-n design, statistical comparisons based on the IVs of interest are enhanced when the models have already accounted for intrasubject variability. In theoretical modeling of behavior, subject-by-subject model parameters can be obtained while simultaneously accounting for group-level patterns in the data. This tutorial will demonstrate using MLM to analyze experimental data from a single subject design and also to conduct subject level model fitting. The analyses will be conducted in R, a popular, free software package for statistical analyses. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Researchers, research-practitioners, students |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) enumerate some of the strengths and weakness of the R statistical software; (2) perform the basic steps of creating a multilevel model for experimental data; (3) perform the basic steps of creating a multilevel model for theoretical modeling. |
|
WILLIAM DEHART (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute), JONATHAN FRIEDEL (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health) |
 Dr. DeHart received his B.A. and Ph.D. from Utah State University under the mentorship of Dr. Amy Odum. In July of 2017, he began his current position as a post-doctoral fellow with Dr. Warren Bickel at the Fralin Biomedical Research Institute at VTC. Dr. DeHart’s primary research interests include the behavioral economics of addiction and other health behaviors including cigarette smoking and obesity as well as the application of advanced statistical methods to behavioral data. His early research investigated novel methods of reducing impulsive choice using framing and financial education and his dissertation applied structural equation modeling to better understand the effects of delay length and outcome magnitude on delay discounting. His current research interests are twofold. First, he is interested in measuring the abuse liability of different risky products including tobacco cigarettes and e-cigarettes and how demand for those products can be changed using public-health narratives. Second, he is interested in understanding the relationship of delay discounting to various health behaviors. In this line, he has applied advanced statistical methods including structural equation modeling, machine learning algorithms, and mixed-effects modeling. Dr. DeHart’s work has been recognized by various popular media outlets including the Wall Street Journal and he currently serves on the editorial board for the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. |
 Jonathan E. Friedel is a research psychologist in the Bioanalytics Branch at the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health. As part of the Organizational and Behavioral Research Team, he works on several grant funded projects focused on worker safety in laboratory workers, distracted driving, and data analytics for organizations using behavior based safety. He is currently the primary investigator for a grant funded project designed to use behavioral economics to quantify the factors that affect safety-related decision making in small businesses. He obtained his PhD in experimental psychology from Utah State University where he focused on delay discounting and behavioral economics. He obtained a MS in Behavior Analysis from University of North Texas. |
Keyword(s): R, single-subject designs, statistics |
|
|
|
|
|
Explaining Emergent Tact Control |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom EF |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
CE Instructor: Anna Petursdottir, Ph.D. |
Chair: Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
ANNA PETURSDOTTIR (Texas Christian University) |
Anna Ingeborg Petursdottir received her Ph.D. from Western Michigan University. She is currently an associate professor of psychology and chair of the psychology department at Texas Christian University (TCU), where she teaches courses and supervises doctoral students in Experimental Psychology. She also holds an appointment as a part-time lecturer at Reykjavik University. Anna is a previous editor of The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, a previous associate editor of JABA and a current associate editor of JEAB. She is president-elect of Division 25 of the American Psychological Association, a board member of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, a member of the ABAI science board, and a past president of the Texas Association for Behavior Analysis. Anna’s research encompasses both basic and applied interests and focuses primarily on verbal behavior acquisition and the relationship between verbal behavior and derived stimulus relations. |
Abstract: Skinner (1957) defined the tact as a verbal response under the functional control of a nonverbal antecedent stimulus due to a history of generalized conditioned reinforcement. However, control by nonverbal stimuli over vocal verbal responses often emerges in the apparent absence of prior reinforcement. This phenomenon has been documented, for example, in research on on receptive-to-expressive generalization, stimulus pairing observation procedures, and instructive feedback, and it requires explanation in an operant account of language. It is commonly proposed that undocumented reinforcement of overt or covert echoic responses in the presence of the nonverbal stimulus plays a role in emergent tact control. In this presentation I will review research from my own lab and others that has addressed this hypothesis by measuring or manipulating the occurrence of echoic responses during learning trials. I will evaluate the extent to which the results support a functional role of echoic responding in emergent tact control and discuss alternative explanations of the phenomenon, including relational operants and stimulus correlation effects. |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts; scientists |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the proposed role of the echoic in emergent tact control; (2) discuss which findings do and do not support involvement of echoic responding in emergent tact control; (3) describe two alternative explanations of emergent tact control. |
|
|
|
|
|
Current Applications of Synthesized Reinforcement Contingencies to Improve Socially Important Behaviors |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom B |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Cory Whelan (May Institute; Western New England University) |
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism) |
CE Instructor: Einar T. Ingvarsson, M.A. |
Abstract: Research and practice related to function-based interventions for problem behavior have evolved significantly since behavior analysts began working with children with problem behavior. One example is the synthesis of establishing operations and reinforcers in both functional and treatment analyses. The current symposium will focus on examples of the effects of synthesized reinforcement contingencies, and will present data related to (a) efficient analysis and treatment processes conducted in a school setting, (b) the application of a skills-based treatment package without extinction to reduce severe problem behavior, (c) a treatment model in which children and/or parents are continuously provided the choice of participating in treatment or leaving the therapeutic context, and (d) training parents to teach their children functional life skills in an effort to minimize emerging problem behavior and prevent severe problem behavior. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): FCT, IISCA, parent training, synthesis |
Target Audience: Behavior analysis practitioners, researchers, and educators. |
|
Interview-Informed Synthesized Contingency Analyses and Functional Communication Training: Replications in an Educational Setting |
AMY KATE ROSENBLUM (May Institute), Cory Whelan (May Institute; Western New England University), Robin K. Landa (May Institute; Western New England University) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is an efficacious treatment used to decrease problem behavior and increase communication in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). FCT involves reinforcing the emission of a functional communication response (FCR) while placing problem behavior on extinction (Carr & Durand, 1985). In the present study, a reversal design was used Interview-Informed Synthesized Contingency Analyses and Functional Communication Training: Replications in an Educational Setting to evaluate the utility of the interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA; Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014) in the identification of functional reinforcers for problem behavior to be used in subsequent FCT. Participants were students enrolled in a private school for students with ASD who engaged in severe problem behavior. For all participants, the IISCA led to the identification of functional reinforcers, and FCT resulted in a decrease in problem behavior and an increase in the FCR. |
|
An Evaluation of Differential Reinforcement Without Extinction to Decrease Severe Problem Behavior |
LAURA A HANRATTY (Elms College), Alyssa Jean Clark (Elms College), Christopher Tamburrino (Elms College), Miranda Fogg (Elms College) |
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) is a common behavior change procedure used to increase a desirable behavior and simultaneously decrease a problematic behavior. This study expands on previous research by using differential reinforcement without extinction to teach communication responses, while decreasing severe problem behavior. In this study, three children between the ages of 4 and 12 years-old who were diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder were exposed to functional communication and tolerance response conditions. Contingent on communication responses longer, higher-quality reinforcement intervals were delivered, while problem behavior resulted in the delivery of shorter, lower-quality reinforcement intervals. Reinforcement intervals were faded in a response chaining condition in which the number and difficulty of demands were increased. Communication responses, as well as compliance with adult lead instruction resulted in higher quality and longer reinforcement intervals, while problem behavior resulted in shorter, lower quality reinforcement intervals. The results showed that differential reinforcement without extinction was successful in decreasing severe problem behavior of aggression and disruptive behaviors, while increasing communication skills and compliance for all three children. |
|
An Enhanced Choice Model for Minimizing Collateral Effects of Extinction in the Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior |
ADITHYAN RAJARAMAN (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Holly Gover (Western New England University), John E. Staubitz (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD), Johanna Staubitz (Vanderbilt University), Kathleen Simcoe (Vanderbilt University Medical Center), Rachel Metras (Western New England University) |
Abstract: In an attempt to develop and maintain a therapeutic relationship by minimizing extinction side and after-effects, we systematically replicated the progressive skill-based intervention process described by Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, and Hanratty (2014) within an enhanced choice model. In the enhanced choice model, participants were offered the choice to: (a) enter the context where typical treatment procedures were implemented (b) enter a “hangout” context in which the evocative conditions of the treatment context were never present, or (c) leave the therapeutic context altogether. These options were simultaneously and continuously available to participant for the duration of the treatment process. In this model, procedural extinction for PB was programmed in the treatment context, but extinction side- and after effects were avoided as participants could always choose to go “hangout” or to leave entirely. We provide measures on participant performance (e.g., problem behavior and targeted life skills), choices made within the therapeutic process, duration of intervention processes, and social validity of the procedures and outcomes. |
|
Balance: A Home-Based Parent Training Program |
KELSEY RUPPEL (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Adithyan Rajaraman (Western New England University), Robin K. Landa (Western New England University) |
Abstract: Small group and class-wide teaching of particular social skills like functional communication, delay toleration, and compliance has been shown to both prevent and reduce existing problem behavior in typically developing preschoolers. Researchers have also demonstrated that a similar skills-based treatment designed from a functional analysis reduces the severe problem behavior of children with autism in clinics and schools. We will evaluate a similar skills-based program when implemented in the home with parents as the interventionists for their children with autism. Following an interview of parents to identify their child’s preferred and non-preferred activities, parents will be taught how to first play with their child and then taught how to develop the skills of functional communication, delay tolerance, and compliance. We will evaluate whether the program, as delivered in-home by parents, reduces problem behavior and increases functionally relevant skills. We will also report on parents’ acceptability of the program and its general effects. |
|
|
|
|
|
Evaluating and Improving Skill-Building Programs for Children and Adolescents Diagnosed With Autism |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom B |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Julia Iannaccone (City University of New York Graduate Center; Queens College) |
Discussant: Amanda Karsten (Western Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Amanda Karsten, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Many individuals diagnosed with autism demonstrate deficits in verbal, academic, and imitation skills. Various programs have been developed to improve these skills; however, it is important to ensure that these programs are effective, socially valid, and produce generalizable repertoires. Study 1 reviewed the literature on teaching imitation in 20 studies with a total of 166 participants with autism. The authors found that contingent imitation may improve skills adjacent to imitation including language, play, and joint attention. Study 2 addressed the adaptive skill of using a debit card with adolescents. After using multiple exemplars, the participants generalized the skill to the community over a four week period. Study 3 evaluated a recently developed error correction program for discrete trial instruction that involved losing opportunities to earn more-preferred items following a mistake. Not only was the program found to efficiently improve mastery of targeted tasks, it was also preferred by participants and caregivers. Instructor error during discrete trial instruction, such as delays to reinforcer delivery, can also impact skill acquisition of the student. In Study 4, the authors systematically manipulated different delays to reinforcement across multiple reinforcer classes to evaluate the effects of programmed treatment integrity failure. These studies provide evidence for multiple programs that can be used to build skills for those diagnosed with autism. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): contingent imitation, Discrete trial, error correction, generalized repertoire |
Target Audience: BCBAs, BCBA-Ds, BCaBAs, licensed psychologists, and other behavior analytic providers who need to learn different techniques for skill-building with clients diagnosed with autism. |
|
A Review of Research Using Contingent Imitation to Teach Imitation Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
(Applied Research) |
LESLIE QUIROZ (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Meghan Deshais (University of Florida, Caldwell University), David C. Palmer (Smith College) |
Abstract: Imitation training is a critical component of early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) programs for children with autism. While extensive research has informed procedures for teaching imitation under tight instructional control, there are not comparable empirically-derived procedures for teaching imitation in the natural environment. Contingent imitation (i.e., the instructor imitating the child’s behavior) is a naturalistic strategy incorporated in reciprocal imitation training (RIT). The present review evaluated the literature using contingent imitation to teach imitation in children with autism across 20 studies, published across 14 journals, with a total of 166 participants with autism. Effects reported include increases to imitation (i.e., vocal, motor, object), language, play behaviors, and joint attention. A nonoverlapping points (NAP) treatment analysis indicated this research has produced variable effect sizes. However, more research is warranted, and directions for future research on contingent imitation are discussed. This review will apply a conceptual analysis of generalized imitative repertoires to its discussion of whether contingent imitation may facilitate skill acquisition and influence motivating variables. |
|
Teaching Adolescents With Autism Spectrum Disorder a Generalized Repertoire of Using a Debit Card |
(Applied Research) |
EILEEN MARY MILATA (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) demonstrate deficits in performing generalized responses that occur in natural environments. Previous research has discussed the importance of teaching adaptive skills to adolescents with ASD that generalize to the natural environment to increase independence throughout adulthood. To address such deficits, Horner and colleagues (1982) recommended using general-case analysis strategies to identify the full range of stimulus variations and required responses; then creating multiple teaching exemplars that facilitate for generalization of the target skill. To date, general-case analysis and multiple exemplar training have not been used to teach individuals with ASD to use a chip debit card. Therefore, the purpose of the study was to address limitations of previous studies that did not implement generalization strategies to teach adolescents with ASD adaptive skills. A multiple-probe design was used to demonstrate skill acquisition across teaching and generalization probe exemplars for three adolescents with ASD. Pre- and posttest probes were conducted at stores in the natural environment to assess generalized responding. All participants acquired the target skill following video modeling and multiple exemplar training, generalized their responding to the natural environment and maintained their responding during a four-week posttest probe. |
|
Comprehensive Evaluation of the Losing Little, Gaining More Error Correction Program |
(Applied Research) |
SOPHIA MA (Queens College), Joshua Jessel (Queens College), Joanna Spartinos (Queens College), Adriana Arline Villanueva (Queens College), Kimberly Shamoun (Behavioral Intervention Psychological Services PC) |
Abstract: We conducted this study to evaluate a recently developed form of error correction that incorporates rich-to-lean transitions following incorrect responses. This program has been termed Losing Little, Gaining More. We compared a traditional error correction procedure to the Losing Little, Gaining More program that included a transition to earning less preferred items during discrete-trial instructions. During traditional error correction, an incorrect response resulted in no reinforcement for a single trial but the participant still had the opportunity to earn more-preferred items during the following trials. During the Losing Little, Gaining More program an incorrect response resulted in no reinforcement for a single trial and the child lost the opportunity to earn more-preferred items during the following three trials (i.e., only less-preferred items were available). The Losing Little, Gaining More program often produced more efficient mastery of targeted tasks and was selected more often by the participants during a concurrent-chains preference analysis. The findings suggest that the aversive properties of rich-to-lean transitions might function to correct errors but did not affect preference for these procedures in the context of discrete trial instructions. |
|
Further Evaluation of Treatment Integrity Errors During Discrete Trial Instruction: Assessing Errors Across Reinforcer Type |
(Applied Research) |
JACQUELYN N. MOLINA (Florida Institute of Technology), Yanerys Leon (Florida Institute of Technology), Kaitlynn Gokey (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated that treatment integrity can impact treatment effectiveness during discrete trial training (DTT). Additionally, researchers have shown that integrity errors are fairly common even among highly trained clinicians. Carroll et al., 2013 evaluated implementation of DTT by 9 trained staff and showed that although some parts of the discrete trial were implemented with a high degree of integrity (e.g., establishes ready behavior), the reinforcement component was only implemented as planned on 20% of trials (i.e., delivered within 5 s of a correct response). This is especially troubling as even short delays can decrease the rate of skill acquisition (Majdalany et al., 2016). One potential limitation of Carroll et al. is that reinforcer deliveries were scored as correct or incorrect based on arbitrary criteria (5 s). Additionally, all classes of tangible reinforcement were collapsed into one measure (food, toys). However, recent research suggests that different classes of reinforcers may be differentially sensitive to delays (Leon et al., 2016). Therefore, the purpose of this study was to systematically replicate Study 1 of Carroll et al. (2013) and extend that line of research by evaluating obtained delays to reinforcer delivery during DTT by reinforcer class (i.e., tokens, food, toys). |
|
|
|
|
|
Translational Research on Conditional Discriminations |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom D |
Area: AUT/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Weizhi Wu (Florida Institute of Technology;
The Scott Center for Autism Treatment) |
Discussant: Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University) |
CE Instructor: Tiffany Kodak, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Being able to do the right thing in the right context is an essential skill for every species. A fundamental learning process related to behaving appropriately is the capacity to engage in conditional discriminations. As with all forms of learning, many factors can influence conditional-discrimination performance. In this symposium, we will consider several variables influencing conditional-discrimination performance in pigeons and humans across both simple and conditional discriminations. The first presentation examined discrimination of the presence versus absence of prior reinforcement on the development of variable-response sequences in pigeons. The second presentation examined the effects of static versus dynamic samples during simple and conditional discriminations with humans. The third presentation examined the effects of comparison-set size on performance during auditory-visual conditional discriminations in children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. The final presentation examined the use of quantitative analyses to characterize error patterns during conditional discriminations in children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Conditional discrimination, Reinforcement, Stimulus control, Translational research |
Target Audience: Practitioners, teachers, applied researchers, translational researchers, and basic researchers |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe how conditional discriminations: (1) are used to teach skills; (2) answer questions about behavioral processes; and (3) results in different types of errors |
|
Past Behavior as a Stimulus: Differential Control of Operant Variability in Pigeons |
(Basic Research) |
RYAN J BECKER (Utah State University), Diana Perez (Utah State University), Haylee Downey (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: The stochastic generation hypothesis proposes that animals trained to behave variably eventually emit random, unpredictable responses (Neuringer, 2004). The present molecular analysis challenges this hypothesis and suggests that animals’ responses under schedules of variability may come under conditional control of their recent behavior.
We trained 10 pigeons to emit four pecks distributed across two keys (“left” and “right”) in a multiple lag 1 lag 8 schedule of reinforcement. The lag 1 component reinforced a four-peck sequence if it differed from the previous sequence, whereas the lag 8 component only reinforced a four-peck sequence if it differed from the previous eight sequences.
Preliminary data analysis suggests that—for those pigeons that discriminate between the two variability components—the probability of initiating a four-peck sequence with a “left” peck is increased when the previous terminal peck was “left” and reinforced, but not when the previous terminal “left” peck was not reinforced. Non-reinforced terminal pecks drive the probability of initiating a sequence with that same peck towards .5. Thus, these results suggest that pigeons’ moment-by-moment responses in an operant variability paradigm are a function of not only scheduled variability contingencies, but also their recently (non)reinforced behavior. |
|
Comparing the Use of Statically and Dynamically Positioned Stimuli in the Training of Simple and Conditional Discriminations |
(Applied Research) |
Samuel L. Morris (University of Florida), ELIANA M. PIZARRO (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Previous research has manipulated parameters of reinforcement, increased response effort, required an observing response, and altered array presentation as methods to alleviate biased responding. We hypothesized that utilizing dynamic stimuli (i.e., stimuli that moved continuously within each trial) may require attending and increase response effort, and therefore may reduce the occurrence and persistence of biased responding. In the current study we compared accuracy, bias, and rate of acquisition across repeated discriminations presented in static or dynamic formats. Seven subjects who were reported or observed to display position biases participated. The comparison was conducted with simple discriminations with all seven subjects. The dynamic format produced favorable outcomes for three subjects, made no difference for three subjects, and produced less favorable outcomes for one subject. Three subjects were included in a subsequent comparison with conditional discriminations. The dynamic format produced favorable outcomes for one subject, and there was no clear effect for two subjects. |
|
An Evaluation of Stimulus Set Size During Conditional Discrimination for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
(Applied Research) |
Laura L. Grow (Garden Academy), BASAK TOPCUOGLU (Florida Institute of Technology), Sandhya Rajagopal (Florida Institute of Technology), Rebecca Fire (Florida Institute of Technology), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Ivy M Chong (May Institute), Kacie M McGarry (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: When teaching auditory-visual conditional discriminations, some of the available teaching strategies (e.g., blocked-trials procedures, conditional-only method) vary by number of comparison stimuli present during training. Sidman (1987) argued that instructors should include more than two comparison stimuli during training to reduce the likelihood of false positive or false negative results. However, researchers have yet to evaluate the effects of comparison size on acquisition of auditory-visual conditional discriminations. This study compared the effectiveness and efficiency of teaching using sets of two, three, and four stimulus pairs, using an adapted alternating treatments design. Three children aged 3- and 6-years old, diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder, participated in the study. Experimenters taught 12 relations in each experimental condition. For one participant, the 3-array presentation was most efficient, and for the other participant, the 2-array presentation was most efficient. The results will be discussed in terms of clinical implications and directions for future research. |
|
Quantitative Analysis of Discriminability and Bias During Conditional Discriminations |
(Applied Research) |
TIARA RAHADIAN PUTRI (Florida Institute of Technology;
The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Courtney Hannula (Florida Institute of Technology;
The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Weizhi Wu (Florida Institute of Technology;
The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Adam Thornton Brewer (Florida Institute of Technology), Blake A. Hutsell (Virginia Commonwealth University), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) make errors during discrimination training regardless of antecedent or consequent procedures implemented to decrease errors. These interventions are not guided by the source of errors. Two equations from Davison and Tustin’s (1978) framework can quantify errors due to bias (log b) and discriminability (log d). This framework categorized errors emitted by children diagnosed with ASD during a matching-to-sample task. The task was displayed on a touchscreen device in which touching a sample stimulus at the beginning of each trial resulted in the appearance of two comparison stimuli. Researchers delivered reinforcement for touching the matching comparison stimulus. More similar sample stimuli were introduced during Phase 2 while keeping the comparison stimuli the same which affected sample discriminability only with little effect on biases for two of three participants. This framework accurately categorized errors emitted by children with ASD when levels of difficulty between the sample stimuli were manipulated. Future research might be able to use these equations to better categorize errors children with ASD exhibit during conditional discriminations. Future research might also be able to improve teaching procedures by targeting interventions to mitigate or eliminate specific errors due to biases or reduced discriminability. |
|
|
|
|
|
Technology and Training: Advancements in Training Through Telehealth and Virtual Reality |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom C |
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Casey J. Clay (University of Missouri) |
Discussant: david M. richman (Texas Tech University) |
CE Instructor: Casey J. Clay, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Effective training procedures for caregivers of children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are essential for effective treatment. Additionally, improving efficiency and ease of access to this training through technological advancements will lead to quicker access to effective treatment. This symposium includes applied research on training technologies involving telehealth and virtual reality to increase access to effective assessment and intervention for children with ASD. The first two studies involve the use of telehealth in behavior skills training (BST) with real-time instruction and feedback. The first study focuses on training preference assessment methodology for staff working with children with ASD. The second study focuses on training intervention to decrease disruptive sleep behavior skills in parents of children with ASD. The second two studies involve the use of virtual reality in training skill acquisition (i.e., discrete trial training) and behavior reduction (i.e., functional communication training) procedures to pre-service and in-service teachers working with children with ASD. Discussion of results from both telehealth and virtual reality training studies will follow. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Target audience includes practitioners, researchers, and graduate students working with children with autism spectrum disorders interested in understanding advancements in technology related to training. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will gain an understanding of Behavioral Skills Training. 2. Attendees will be able to describe advancements in technology related to training. 3. Attendees will be able to identify and describe effective components of training caregivers of individuals with ASD. |
|
Training Parents via Telehealth to Decrease Sleep Disruptive Behaviors in Children With Autism |
TAYLOR CUSTER (University of Houston Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Christine Stiehl (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Kelsey Leadingham (University of Houston, Clear Lake) |
Abstract: Many children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) engage in sleep disruptive behavior (SDB). Previous studies have demonstrated the effectiveness of treatments for SDB, including positive bedtime routines, bedtime passes, faded bedtime, and extinction (Freeman, 2006; Vriend, Corkum, Moon, & Smith, 2011). When training parents to manage SDB, it may be important for the therapist to coach parents and provide feedback on their use of the procedures immediately prior to, during, and following the child’s bedtime. Having a therapist in the home at night may be intrusive for the family and impracticable for the therapist. Telehealth technologies would allow therapists to provide immediate coaching and feedback to parents and to collect procedural integrity data without having to be physically present in the home. In this study, therapists remotely delivered components of behavior skills training to teach parents to implement individualized, function-based treatments for three children with autism who engaged in SDB. All of the children engaged in less SDB and slept longer after the parents implemented the treatment with high integrity. Parents indicated that they were satisfied with the telehealth treatment services. These findings replicate and extend the literature on the efficacy of telehealth technologies to train parents. |
|
An Evaluation of Real-Time Feedback Delivered via Telehealth: Training Staff to Conduct Preference Assessments |
JANELLE AUSENHUS (Drake University), William J. Higgins (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Effective, efficient, and accessible staff training procedures are needed to meet the service delivery demand for treating individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Previous research using behavioral skills training (BST) to remotely train staff to conduct preference assessments has been found to be effective, but required up to 6-hours of trainer time per trainee (Higgins, Luczynski, Carroll, Fisher, & Mudford (2017). The purpose of the present study looked to evaluate the effectiveness of delivering a single component of BST, real-time feedback, via telehealth to train newly hired early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) staff to conduct multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessments. A nonconcurrent multiple-baseline- across-participants design showed that remote real-time feedback was associated with short training time and minimal sessions to achieve mastery. Generalization and maintenance probes indicated these skills were transferable to other preference assessment stimuli and learners diagnosed with ASD. Social validity ratings indicated that this was a socially acceptable training procedure. |
|
Teaching Discrete Trial Training in a Virtual Reality Environment |
BERGLIND SVEINBJORNSDOTTIR (Reykjavik University), Snorri Johannson (Reykjavik University), Julia Oddsdottir (Reykjavik University), Tinna Sigurdardottir (Reykjavik University), Gunnar Valdimarsson (Reykjavik University), Hannes Vilhjálmsson (Reykjavik University) |
Abstract: Staff training is an essential component when implementing an effective behavior change procedure to children with autism and developmental disabilites. Unfortunately due to the lack of resources and time constraints many institutions or schools may not be able to sufficiently train staff. Virtual Reality is a viable alternative to train various skills. In a VR environment one can both actively practice skills as well as receive feedback while engaging in the activity. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the effectiveness of a VR environment in training staff to implement steps in Discrete Trial Training (DTT). Participants were 4 teachers who worked at a school for children with disabilities. Performance was compared and evaluated after baseline, lecture, and VR training in a multiple baseline design across participants. All participants mastered the steps of DTT after VR training. This study is the first in examining the effectiveness of VR environment in training DTT skills. We discuss implications as well as future research in the area. |
|
Virtual Reality Behavioral Skills Training for Behavioral Intervention With Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
CASEY J. CLAY (University of Missouri), Brittany Schmitz (Thompson Center for Autism), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University), Bimal Balakrishnan (University of Missouri), James Hopfenblatt (University of Missouri) |
Abstract: Effective training procedures include Behavioral Skills Training (BST) involving written and verbal instructions, modeling of the skill, rehearsal of the skill, and feedback on the performance. This training typically involves hours of in vivo experience in which trainees and students with ASD are exposed to risk (e.g., behavioral issues such as aggression, errors in teaching performance). Including BST in a virtual reality (VR) context involving virtual individuals with ASD characteristics and behaviors, may be an effective training method that reduces risk. The purpose of this study was to examine if training students to do functional communication training (FCT) in a VR environment is effective. We trained 13 college students to implement FCT for attention and escape functions using a virtual reality environment. Preliminary results show that VR BST was effective at increasing correct steps performed of FCT to mastery criterion levels with all participants. Future researchers should examine generalization and maintenance of these procedures. |
|
|
|
|
|
Assessment and Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom A |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kelley L. Harrison (Trumpet Behavioral Health) |
Discussant: Caitlin A. Kirkwood (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health, University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
CE Instructor: Kelley L. Harrison, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Pediatric feeding disorders range in severity from mild selectivity to complete refusal. If left untreated, pediatric feeding disorders can result in serious health ramifications including malnutrition, growth delays, and developmental delays. In this symposium, we will describe treatments for disordered feeding that involve differential reinforcement, simultaneous presentation plus nonremoval of the spoon (NRS), synthesized reinforcement, and a variation of the finger prompt. Harrison and colleagues will present a study on the evaluation of how to best select an effective reinforcer for the treatment of food selectivity. McHugh and colleagues will present a study comparing a commonly used occupational therapy treatment (food chaining) to an empirically supported behavioral treatment (simultaneous presentation plus NRS) for the treatment of food selectivity in children with autism spectrum disorder. Gover and colleagues will present an extension of the use of shaping with synthesized reinforcers and partial extinction in treatment of pediatric food selectivity. Rubio and colleagues will present a study evaluating the efficacy and acceptability of a variation of the finger prompt to food refusal in children with feeding disorders. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): feeding disorders |
Target Audience: Researchers and practitioners. |
Learning Objectives: 1) Attendees will be able to describe reinforcer assessment strategies to identify a reinforcer most likely to increase acceptance of nonpreferred foods in treatment 2) Attendees will be able to identify and explain effective antecedent- and consequent-based interventions for feeding disorders 3) Attendees will be able to describe an assessment and treatment process to treat pediatric feeding disorders 4) Attendees will be able to identify future directions for research on pediatric feeding disorders |
|
Evaluation of a Pre-Assessment to Identify Most Effective Reinforcer for Treatment of Food Selectivity |
Jessica Juanico (Trumpet Behavioral Health), KELLEY HARRISON (Trumpet Behavioral Health) |
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of alternative behavior is a widely used procedure to increase consumption of nonpreferred foods in children with food selectivity (e.g., Allison et al., 2012; Anderson & McMillan, 2001; Kern & Marder, 1996; Najdowski, Wallace, Doney, & Ghezzi, 2003). However, the types of reinforcing stimuli used varies across studies, including edibles, tangibles, attention, or a combination of edibles, tangibles, and attention. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the use of a progressive ratio reinforcer assessment to identify a reinforcer that will most effectively increase the acceptance of nonpreferred foods. First, we conducted a progressive ratio reinforcer assessment using an arbitrary task. Then, we evaluated the effects of differential reinforcement using an edible, a tangible, a type of attention, or a combination of the stimuli as the reinforcer. We compared the effects of each reinforcer to the outcome of the progressive ratio reinforcer assessment to determine if this assessment accurately predicts the most effective reinforcer to be used during treatment for individuals with food selectivity. Preliminary results suggest the progressive ratio reinforcer assessment predicted the most effective reinforcer to be used during differential reinforcement with food selectivity for one participant. |
|
A Comparison of Modified Food Chaining and Simultaneous Presentation Plus Nonremoval of the Spoon to Treat Food Selectivity in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
CATHERINE MCHUGH (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University) |
Abstract: Feeding disorders can range from mild (e.g., food selectivity by taste or texture) to severe (e.g., total food refusal). If left untreated, feeding disorders can result in serious health ramifications, including malnutrition, growth delays, and developmental delays. Recent studies comparing commonly used occupational therapy (OT) treatments and empirically supported applied behavior analysis (ABA) treatments found that the ABA treatments were effective for all participants while the OT treatments were ineffective for all participants. We used a multielement design to compare a modified version of commonly used OT treatment, Food Chaining, and an empirically validated ABA treatment, simultaneous presentation plus nonremoval of the spoon, to treat the food selectivity of 2 children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). For both participants, consumption of the target foods only increased during the ABA-treatment condition. We subsequently faded the size of the preferred food within the simultaneous-presentation arrangement, moved to a sequential-presentation arrangement, and then thinned the schedule of reinforcement. We will discuss the results within the context of treatment implications, limitations, and suggestions for future research. |
|
Extensions of Shaping With Synthesized Reinforcers and Partial Extinction in Treatment of Pediatric Food Selectivity |
HOLLY GOVER (Western New England University), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University), Robin K. Landa (Western New England University) |
Abstract: Gover, Hanley, Marcus, Ruppel, and Landa (in prep) described an assessment and treatment process addressing the food selectivity of five children with and without developmental disabilities. The process involved (a) indirectly and directly assessing food preference and problem behavior associated with mealtimes and (b) incorporating assessment results into a treatment process that relied on differential and synthesized reinforcement of successive approximates to eating. This paper extends that research by evaluating the process across novel populations including a group of three typically developing siblings using a group contingency and a young boy with autism who engaged in total food refusal and relied on a g-tube. Implications for practitioners and areas for future research will be discussed. |
|
Efficacy and Acceptability of a Finger Prompt Variation for the Treatment of Pediatric Food Refusal |
EMILY KATE RUBIO (Georgia State University), Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center and Emory University School of Medicine), William G. Sharp (Marcus Autism Center and Emory University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Children with feeding disorders do not consume enough food or liquid to meet their nutritional needs resulting in placement of feeding tubes in severe cases (Kerwin, 1999; Schwartz, 2000). Feeding difficulties are primarily diagnosed in children with complex medical histories and co-morbid developmental disabilities, autism spectrum disorder, and/or related neurological disorders. Children with feeding disorders engage in active and/or passive refusal behavior to escape or avoid eating. Escape extinction combined with reinforcement is a well-established intervention to treat food refusal. Physical guidance procedures (e.g., jaw prompt, finger prompt) have been shown to increase food acceptance and decrease inappropriate mealtime behavior when escape extinction alone is ineffective. The finger prompt (Borrero, Schlereth, Rubio, & Taylor, 2013) has been evaluated once in the literature to treat active food refusal and needs further examination. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to assess a variation of finger prompt procedure to treat active and/or passive food refusal and caregivers’ acceptability of it. Three children age 1 to 4 years admitted to an intensive feeding disorders program and their caregivers participated. Across all participants, the finger prompt was effective in increasing bite acceptance and decreasing or maintaining inappropriate behavior at low levels for these participants. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Change for a Sustainable World: Four Research Projects |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM |
Fairmont, B2, Imperial Ballroom |
Area: CSS/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: William L. Heward (The Ohio State University) |
Discussant: Susan M. Schneider (Root Solutions) |
CE Instructor: William L. Heward, Ed.D. |
Abstract: For many climate scientists, the biggest challenge of global warming has shifted from proving it is real to getting people to change their behavior in response to it (Thompson, 2010; Werner, 2012). Even if all fossil fuel emissions ceased today, the Earth will continue warming for decades (Marcott, Shakun, Clark, & Mix, 2013). Successfully adapting to that reality will require massive changes in energy sources and use, transportation infrastructure, food production, ecosystem protection, and economic practices on a global scale far beyond the scale of behavior changes we can make now. But the collective impact of the behavior changes we make now can give society time to discover the technological fixes and implement the policy changes necessary to make carbon neutrality and truly sustainable society realities. For researchers and practitioners of a science devoted to understanding behavior and how to change it, helping people mitigate and adapt to climate change is a tremendous opportunity, challenge, and responsibility. This symposium will feature four studies using behavior analysis concepts and principles to promote sustainable practices/environmentally friendly behavior change. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts, teachers and students of behavior analysts. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe how drivers can obtain real-time feedback on hard-accelerations and hard-braking behaviors.
2. Describe the experimental design and results of a treatment package that reduced idling by drivers picking up students at three schools.
3. Describe the behavior change project that reduced use of sunscreens containing toxic chemicals that harm coral reefs and the ocean eco-system. |
|
Promoting Eco-Driving With Immediate Feedback |
JAVID RAHAMAN (Rowan University), Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University) |
Abstract: Driving gasoline powered cars contributes to greenhouse gas emissions and pollutants. This study used an ABAB reversal design to examine the effects of immediate feedback on non-ecofriendly driving behavior (i.e., hard braking, hard accelerating). An “Automatic” device was installed in each participant’s car to measure specific parameters of driving, including accelerating, braking, and fuel consumption. During the baseline condition participants received feedback after driving by logging in to the Automatic application on their smartphone. During the immediate condition participants received feedback from the “Automatic” device while driving. All three participants had an overall decrease in episodes of hard accelerations/hard brakes during the immediate feedback condition compared to the delayed feedback baseline condition. |
|
Reducing Electricity Consumption in Commercial Printers |
JESSICA DAY-WATKINS (Drexel University), Lauren K. Schnell (Hunter College), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Scientists in the field of applied behavior analysis have recommended that behavior analysts apply their attention to the field of sustainability (Heward and Chance, 2010). No sustainability study to date has been published on reductions in printer usage. There are a number of advantages to targeting this topography of energy consumption including reductions energy and paper as well as cost savings to the organization. Given the advantages in targeting commercial printers, this study used automated data collection technology to study reductions of energy consumption from commercial printers in two office suites using electronic feedback, incentives while adding antecedent strategies in the form of manipulating the onset of power saver mode. The data demonstrate that power-saving mode was effective in reducing kilowatt hour energy consumption across both office suites. |
|
Enough With the Idling! Evaluation of a Treatment Package to Reduce Vehicle Idling at Three Schools in New Jersey |
CORTNEY DEBIASE (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: Idling vehicles pollute the air around the vehicle and the exhaust can enter school buildings through air intakes, doors, and open windows. Children are especially vulnerable to vehicle emissions because of their developing lungs, smaller lung surface area, and higher inhalation rate. Emissions can lead to serious health conditions like asthma and allergies (US Environmental Protection Agency, 2003). Along with health conditions, idling vehicles also cause wasted fuel, wear and tear, and wasted money. Given these factors, we designed a study to decrease vehicle idling during school dismissal. We conducted a non-current multiple baseline design across three schools to evaluate the effects of a treatment package on the percentage of 10-s intervals during which vehicles were idling 15 minutes prior to dismissal. The treatment package consisted of providing drivers with a written policy and rationale along with verbal instructions as well as stimulus prompts in the form of “No Idling” signs placed on school grounds. Idling decreased across the three schools with the implementation of the treatment package, however data remained variable. The mean percentage of intervals scored with idling decreased from baseline to treatment. The importance of implementing behavior change for a sustainable world programs within schools will be discussed, as well as the challenges of such programs. |
|
Increasing Use of Non-Oxybenzone Sunscreen |
Naomi Tachera (Hawai'i Association for Behavior Analysis), AMANDA N. KELLY (BEHAVIORBABE (Hawaii)) |
Abstract: Coral bleaching negatively impacts the biodiversity and functioning of reef systems and has become a worldwide phenomenon. Benzophenone-3 (BP-3; oxybenzone) contributes to coral bleaching, decline of coral growth and death (Downs et al., 2015). Oxybenzone is also harmful algae, fish and mammals. Oxybenzone is commonly found in sunscreen lotions to protect against the harmful effects of ultraviolet light. Danovaro et al. (2008) reports that 6-000-14,000 tons of sunscreen is discharged into the coral reefs each year. The level of oxybenzone concentration deemed toxic to Hawai?I’s coral reefs is 62 parts per trillion (PPT). Downs et al (2015) tested levels of 700+ PPT. Hawai?i has banned the use of sunscreens containing oxybenzone effective 2021. This presentation will describe a project with dual goals of educating people and getting them to switch to mineral-based, oxybenzone-free sunscreen. Because there were not enough brands that communicated or connected with Hawai?ian culture, I decided to develop my own mineral sunscreen. After two years I successfully obtained FDA approval for Ko?a (Hawai’ian word for coral) sunscreen. To date, I have traded more than 80 free 2-oz. samples of Ko?a sunscreen for more than 150 bottles of reef killing sunscreen. I also organize sunscreen drop offs to ensure the reef killing sunscreen goes to the state-run incinerator and never make its way to the ocean and landfills. |
|
|
|
|
|
An Evaluation of Individual and Synthesized Reinforcement Contingencies During the Assessment and Treatment of Destructive Behavior |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom C |
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Katherine Brown (Munroe Meyer Institute) |
Discussant: Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
CE Instructor: Wayne W. Fisher, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Functional-analysis methodology allows researchers and clinicians to identify the functional variables maintaining severe destructive behavior (e.g.., self-injurious behavior). Several researchers have expanded upon Iwata et al.’s (1982/1994) initial functional-analysis paper to improve the efficacy and efficiency of functional-analysis procedures, including combining individual consequences (e.g., escape to attention) within test and control conditions (i.e., synthesized contingency analysis) as opposed to the traditional approach of evaluating individual contingencies (e.g., escape alone, attention alone). Recently, Hanley et al. (2014) detailed an approach to developing and assessing destructive behavior known as interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis, which uses caregiver or other stakeholder report and observation to inform the test and control conditions within the synthesized contingency analysis. Though several studies have shown that such an approach can result in brief assessments and clinically significant treatment effects (e.g., Jessel et al. 2018; Rose & Beaulieu, 2018), other studies have highlighted possible limitations to the methodology, such as including potentially irrelevant reinforcers during assessment and treatment (Fisher et al., 2016; Greer et al., in press). This symposium collects applied and translational comparisons of individual and synthesized contingencies from different research groups to further evaluate the correspondence between the approaches, including the benefits and limitations of each strategy. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): functional analysis, functional assessment, IISCA, synthesized contingency |
Target Audience: The target audience for this symposium is comprised of researchers and clinicians who conduct functional analyses within their research and practice, or other behavior analysts who wish to learn about the potential benefits and and limitations of individual and synthesized contingency analyses. |
Learning Objectives: Audience members will learn (1) the potential benefits and limitations of using individual contingencies during functional analysis, (2) the potential benefits and limitations of using synthesized contingencies during synthesized contingency analysis, and (3) information regarding the correspondence between the two methodologies. |
|
A Comparison of Isolated and Synthesized Contingencies in Functional Analyses |
KATHLEEN HOLEHAN (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (University of Kansas), Sara Camille Diaz de Villegas (University of Kansas), Rachel Jess (University of Kansas), Kelsey Shinnick (University of Kansas), Elizabeth Foley (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Since Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, and Richman (1982/1994) developed the first comprehensive functional analysis methodology, researchers have suggested various procedural modifications to increase the efficacy and efficiency of FAs (Beavers, Iwata, & Lerman, 2013). In a series of recent studies, Hanley and colleagues have evaluated the efficacy of a FA methodology termed the interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA; e.g., Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014), which involves conducting (a) an open-ended interview to determine potential antecedents, consequences, and precursors to target problem behavior, (b) a brief observation based on the interview results, and (c) test and control conditions that involve synthesized contingencies (as determined by interview and observation). A limitation of this methodology is the necessity of synthesizing contingencies is unknown. We extended Fisher et al. (2016) and Slaton, Hanley, and Raferty (2017) by comparing the outcomes of FAs that involved isolated versus synthesized contingencies, then compared the effects of function-based interventions based on the outcomes for problem behavior of five children with intellectual and developmental disabilities. To date, results suggest that synthesized contingencies were not necessary to show discriminated responding for most participants, and function-based treatments based on isolated contingencies were effective for decreasing problem behavior. |
|
Comparisons of Standardized and Interview-Informed Synthesized Reinforcement Contingencies Relative to Traditional Functional Analysis |
ADAM M. BRIGGS (Eastern Michigan University), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Daniel R. Mitteer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Andrew Sodawasser (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: We compared the functions of problem behavior identified by (a) a functional analysis (FA), (b) an interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA) that was informed by the results of an open-ended interview and a structured observation, and (c) a standardized-synthesized contingency analysis (SSCA) in which we synthesized three common functions of problem behavior across 12 consecutive individuals. In doing so, we addressed questions about the necessity of synthesized contingency analysis for determining behavioral function and the utility of the assessments informing synthesis. Synthesized contingency analysis was necessary for 0 of the 12 participants to identify the variables maintaining problem behavior, replicating the findings of Fisher, Greer, Romani, Zangrillo, and Owen (2016). Error type (i.e., false positives, false negatives) and prevalence were similar across functions identified by the IISCA and those from the SSCA, calling into question the utility of the open-ended interview and the structured observation that informed the IISCA. We discuss the implications of these and other findings relative to the variables reinforcing problem behavior and FA methodology. |
|
A Comparative Evaluation of Functional Analytic Methods |
ELIZABETH MCKAY SANSING (University of North Texas), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas), Crysta Perkins (University of North Texas), Maggie Nye (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: An extensive amount of research in the functional analysis literature has demonstrated that problem behavior is often sensitive to single reinforcement contingencies. Nevertheless, there is a growing body of research that suggests that problem behavior is sensitive to unique combinations of individual reinforcement contingencies, referred to as a synthesized contingency. Researchers have conducted comparative analyses examining the correspondence between the two methods, but the results are mixed (Fisher et al., 2016; Slaton, Hanley, & Rafferty, 2017). Additional research is needed to compare the outcomes of each approach in order to provide clarity. The purpose of the current study was to further evaluate the use of two different functional analytic methods: the individual-contingency functional analysis (FA) and the interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA). We compared the results of each analysis for five individuals who engaged in problem behavior. Results suggests that problem behavior was maintained by individual reinforcement contingencies for all five participants. In addition, we evaluated a subsequent function-based treatment that reduced problem behavior by 90% for all five individuals. |
|
A Translational Evaluation of Potential Iatrogenic Effects of Single and Combined Contingencies During Functional Analyses |
BILLIE RETZLAFF (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jessica Akers (Baylor University), Brian D. Greer (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Recent research on the interview informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA) has extolled its benefits relative to traditional functional analysis (FA; e.g., efficiency; Slaton, Hanley, & Raftery, 2017) while other research has focused on its shortcomings (e.g., false-positive outcomes; Fisher, Greer, Romani, Zangrillo, & Owen, 2016). One limitation of prior comparisons is investigators could not ascertain with surety the true function(s) of the participants’ problem behavior for use as the criterion variable. We conducted a translational study to circumvent this limitation by training a specific function for a surrogate destructive behavior prior to conducting an FA and synthesized contingency analysis (SCA) of this response. The FA correctly identified the function of the target response in all six cases and produced no iatrogenic effects. The SCA produced differentiated results in all cases, and produced iatrogenic effects in three of six cases. We discuss these finding in terms the mechanisms that may promote iatrogenic effects. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Innovations in Organizational Behavior Management |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency East, Concourse Level, Michigan 1 A-C |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center and Florida Institute of Technology ) |
Discussant: Joshua K. Pritchard (Southern Illinois University) |
CE Instructor: Joshua K. Pritchard, Ph.D. |
Abstract: As a sub-discipline of ABA Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) relies on applied research to drive new procedures and refine existing techniques. This symposium features data from four applied studies across a number of domains. Two presentations focus on different aspects of feedback: temporal location and building rapport. Another presentation will focus on a variation of token economies where guests provide tokens to employees. The last study examines a method using the principles of gamification to encourage professional development in line-level employees. Attendees of this symposium will be able to use the information presented to refine practice and generate new lines of research in OBM. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Practicing behavior analysts, researchers, and graduate students in OBM. |
|
The Effects of Rapport Building on Performance and Discretionary Effort |
SCOTT MICHAEL CURRY (Florida Institute of Technology), Nicole Gravina (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: A common concern among business professionals is building rapport in the workplace. However, limited research has systematically evaluated the effects of rapport on performance. The current study evaluated the effects of building rapport versus not building rapport on performance in an analogue setting. Results indicated that the rapport-building group completed more work than the non-rapport group. |
|
On the Implementation of a Gamified Professional Development System for Direct Care Staff |
JENNIFER GRABOYES CAMBLIN (The Faison School for Autism), Eli T. Newcomb (The Faison Center), Francesca Jones (The Faison Center), Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center) |
Abstract: Many industries and professions rely heavily on entry level staff. In some settings, it is important to further develop these individuals after onboarding and initial training is complete. Gamification in the workplace involves the redesign of employee activities such that they resemble or draw from environmental contingencies used in game design. The purpose of this presentation is to provide a descriptive example of how a gamified model of professional development was implemented for a workforce of approximately 130 entry level, direct-care staff. |
|
The Effects of Temporal Placement of Feedback on Performance With and Without Goals |
CHRISTOPHER MORGAN (The Faison Center, Inc.), Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center) |
Abstract: This presentation compares the effects of temporal placement of feedback, and presence or absence of stated goals, on skill acquisition. Four conditions were examined: feedback before performance with goals, feedback before performance without goals, feedback after performance with goals, and feedback after performance without goals. The results of this study found no statistically significant difference in performance across the four conditions. |
|
Using a Guest-Delivered Token Economy to Increase Employee-Guest Interactions at a Zoo |
CASSIE VERGASON (Florida Institute of Technology), Nicole Gravina (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Interactions between employees and guests in a zoological facility can promote educational opportunities and improve guest satisfaction. The present study used a guest-delivered token economy to promote guest greetings by employees at a zoological facility. An ABAB design was used to evaluate the intervention and results showed increases of 35.3% and 45.0% in correct employee-guest interactions in each intervention phase compared to baseline, thus suggesting that a guest-delivered token economy is an effective way to improve guest greetings. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Interventions Without Escape Extinction in the Treatment of Food Selectivity |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 1/2 |
Area: CBM/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Bryant C. Silbaugh (The University of Texas at San Antonio, Department of Interdisciplinary Learning and Teaching ) |
CE Instructor: Bryant C. Silbaugh, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Most pediatric feeding problems are maintained by negative reinforcement in the form of bite or meal termination. Nevertheless, escape extinction-based interventions have undesirable side effects (e.g., extinction-burst) which have motivated researchers to further develop and evaluate interventions that do not rely on escape extinction. The studies herein examined the evidence for the effects of the high-probability instructional sequence on feeding in children, and evaluated the effects of a full, hierarchically organized instructional sequence on generalized food consumption in a typically developing boy with food selectivity. In a final clinical case study, clinicians evaluated the effects of differential reinforcement of acceptance using high preferred foods on acceptance, gagging, and expulsion in both restricted- and free-operant arrangements for a boy with developmental delays. The evidence base for the high-probability instructional sequence suggests the intervention can improve feeding, but the authors call for further research to clarify when and for whom the intervention is effective. Delivering an instructional sequence in which the final step was consumption of a nonpreferred food, consumption of nonpreferred foods increased and the researchers observed generalization. In the clinical case study, differential reinforcement of acceptance with high preferred foods increased self-fed acceptance of nonpreferred foods and this improvement coincided with reductions in gagging and expulsion. These data will be discussed in the context of apparent trends in research on behavioral interventions for feeding problems over the last decade. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Feeding disorders, Food selectivity, High-probability sequence |
Target Audience: Researchers and practitioners focused on feeding interventions |
Learning Objectives: (1) identify three behavioral interventions for food selectivity that do not involve escape extinction. (2) describe how differential reinforcement can be applied to increase acceptance in a free-operant arrangement without escape extinction. (3) discuss the evidence for the effects of the high-probability sequence on feeding in children with feeding disorders. |
|
A Synthesis of Research on the Effects of the High-Probability Instructional Sequence in Children With Feeding Disorders |
(Applied Research) |
Gabriela Calderon (The University of Texas at San Antonio), BRYANT SILBAUGH (The University of Texas at San Antonio, Department of Interdisciplinary Learning and Teaching) |
Abstract: The high-probability (high-p) instructional sequence is an intervention commonly used to increase compliance. It involves delivering a series of requests with a high probability of compliance prior to the delivery of a request with a low probability of compliance. Researchers have evaluated whether the high-p sequence can increase compliance with low probability (low-p) mealtime demands to consume nonpreferred foods in children with pediatric feeding disorders, for example, by delivering multiple high-p mealtime demands to consume a preferred food prior to the delivery of a low-p mealtime demand (e.g., to consume a bite of a nonpreferred food). The effects of the high-p sequence have varied across studies, and a systematic synthesis of the literature to guide practice and further research is lacking. We conducted a systematic multistep search and identified seven studies that met inclusion criteria. We then extracted data on participant and study characteristics and compared the literature to the 2014 Council for Exceptional Children (CEC): Standards for Evidence-Based Practices in Special Education. Preliminary results suggest that (a) the high-probability instructional sequence can improve compliance with low-p mealtime demands in young children with feeding disorders but more research is needed to clarify when and for whom the intervention is likely to be effective, (b) additional research should examine the effects of the high-p on feeding in older children or adults with disabilities as more intrusive procedure such as escape extinction-based procedures become inappropriate, and (c) the evidence does not meet the CEC’s standards for an evidence-based practice. |
|
Effects of a Full Instructional Sequence on Generalized Food Consumption |
(Applied Research) |
VARSOVIA HERNANDEZ ESLAVA ESLAVA (Universidad Veracruzana), Jonathan K Fernand (Aurora University) |
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to examine the effects of delivering a full- instructional sequence on generalized consumption of nonpreferred foods with similar properties to treatment foods. The participant was a 5-year-old, typically-developing child with a history of food selectivity. The participant was asked to complete each step of an instructional sequence in which the final step was consumption of a nonpreferred food. Praise was delivered after compliance to complete each step and a preferred food was delivered after compliance with the final step. The full- instructional sequence was effective in increasing consumption of nonpreferred foods and generalization was observed to nontarget foods with similar properties. The importance of evaluating reinforcer-based procedures to treat food selectivity will be discussed. |
|
A Case Study in the Differential Reinforcement of Acceptance in a Boy With Developmental Delays and Food Selectivity During Restricted- And Free-Operant Arrangements |
(Service Delivery) |
MARIANA DE LOS SANTOS (Bloom Childrens Center), Bryant C. Silbaugh (The University of Texas at San Antonio, Department of Interdisciplinary Learning and Teaching) |
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) with high-preferred food can improve feeding problems in children with autism and food selectivity. However, clinical case studies of the effects of DRA in the absence of escape extinction-based procedures such as the nonremoval of the spoon are limited, especially for free-operant feeding arrangements. The current clinical case study evaluated the effects of a Fixed-Ratio 1 schedule of DRA on acceptance of nonpreferred foods in a boy with developmental delays and food selectivity in clinic and home settings. We conducted the first treatment evaluation in a restricted operant arrangement targeting feeder-fed bites. We then incorporated mastered foods from the restricted operant arrangement into an evaluation of DRA for self-feeding in a free-operant arrangement. The results suggest that (a) DRA using high-preferred foods increased self-feeding of nonpreferred foods in a free-operant arrangement without escape extinction, (b) the effects generalized across foods, and (c) increased self-fed acceptance coincided with a reduction in expulsion and gagging. |
|
|
|
|
|
Evaluating and Increasing Physical Activity in Children |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 3/4 |
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Lorraine A Becerra (Utah State University) |
CE Instructor: Lorraine A Becerra, M.A. |
Abstract: This symposium will highlight different methods to evaluate and increase physical activity engagement across children who are typically-developing or diagnosed with a disability. The first study determined the extent to which the Step it UP! game increased the number of steps taken by children in a physical-education (PE) class. The second study examined the use of photographic activity schedules to increase the percent of moderate-to-vigorous physical activity (MVPA) and number of different activities completed across two contexts for all participants. The final study explored factors that contributed to ineffective interventions aimed to increase physical activity for individuals with disabilities. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): fitness, Good-Behavior Game, physical activity, physical education |
Target Audience: Practitioners and researchers |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe recent advances in physical activity research.
2. State methods to measure and evaluate physical activity engagement.
3. Describe factors influencing the effectiveness physical activity interventions. |
|
Using the Step it UP! Game to Increase Physical Activity During Physical-Education Classes |
CARLA BURJI (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: The Step it UP! Game is an interdependent group reinforcement contingency based on the Good Behavior Game. We evaluated the effects of the Step it UP! Game on the number of steps taken by third-grade students during physical-education (PE) classes at a local public elementary school. We divided the class into two teams and awarded a “Step it UP! Champ” badge to the members of the team with the highest mean step totals at the end of each game. We used a reversal design to compare the mean number of steps taken while playing the game and during regular PE classes. Overall, participants took more steps while playing the game than they did during class periods without the game. When given the opportunity to choose playing the Step it UP! Game or having regular PE class during a follow-up session, 16 of 18 participants voted to play the game. |
|
An Evaluation of Photographic Activity Schedules to Increase Moderate-to-Vigorous Physical Activity in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
LORRAINE A BECERRA (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Mariana Vieira (Pontifícia Universidade Católica, São Paulo, Brazil), Azure Pellegrino (University of Kansas), Katelin Hobson (University of Washington Doctoral Student) |
Abstract: Obesity rates in children who live in the United States have increased 17% in the past few decades and affects approximately 1/3 of U.S. children (Ogden, Carroll, Kit, & Flegal, 2012). Occurrence of obesity in children with disabilities, including Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD), were found to be 40% higher than for children without disabilities (CDC, 2014; Hinckson et al. 2013; Curtin et al. 2010). Regular moderate-to-vigorous physical activity (MVPA) is likely to reduce many risks associated with obesity in children (U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 2012). The Observational System for Recording Physical Activity codes (OSRAC; Brown et al., 2009) was used to determine the lowest percent of MVPA across five different contexts (i.e., control, outdoor toys, indoor toys, empty field, fixed equipment) for three preschool children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Photographic activity schedules were used to increase the number of different activities completed and percent of MVPA in the two lowest responding contexts for all participants. |
|
Interventions to Increase Physical Activity Don’t Always Work: What We Can Learn from Failure |
DIEGO VALBUENA (University of South Florida), Bryon Miller (University of South Florida), Carolina Luque (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Research shows that various interventions such as self-monitoring, feedback, public posting, and rewards, are effective for increasing physical activity. However, research does not suggest the limits of these interventions nor the factors that may contribute to the ineffectiveness of interventions. In this paper, we describe four studies evaluating interventions implemented in schools or agencies serving adults with disabilities to increase physical activity in which interventions were not effective. We discuss these “treatment failures” and the factors that may have contributed to the failure. These factors include poor implementation fidelity, lack of administrative support from the school, issues with the individuals implementing the procedures, and the limitations of contingencies applied to daily steps. We conclude with recommendations for future research. |
|
|
|
|
|
Efforts to Improve Outcomes for Individuals With Intellectual Disabilities Through Behavior Analysis Applied to a State Service System |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom A |
Area: DDA/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Melantha Witherspoon (Missouri Department of Mental Health/Division of Developmental Disabilities) |
CE Instructor: Teresa A. Rodgers, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Missouri Division of Developmental Disabilities is addressing the shortage qualified behavior analysts, increasingly challenging behaviors and continued emphasis on positive, person-centered supports that improve quality of life through an organizational behavior management approach. Three systemic level interventions applying behavioral principles on a meta-level to a state system of services for intellectual disabilities will be discussed. These systemic interventions involve data, systems and practices to improve outcomes for individuals and services, especially Applied Behavior Analysis services across multiple providers, regions and situations. Thinking and applying behavior analysis on a meta-level is sometimes confusing and difficult, these projects utilize a public health, three tiered prevention model, and are demonstrating significant results. The projects involve prevention of crisis and problem behaviors through increasing implementation of strategies aimed at improving quality of life by service agencies, state level interventions that maximize limited skilled resources and evaluate easily available population data and variables, and the use of peer review to improve behavioral services at an individual level. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): organizational management, service systems,, system change |
Target Audience: Intermediate and Advanced behavior analysts involved in administration or management or who are interested in working at a governmental level. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will identify the three prevention levels of the public health model and how applied behavior analysis practice and principles can be utilized to address service issues. 2. Participants will be able to describe what a constructive peer review process is and how it can improve quality of services. 3. Participants will identify challenges to meta level data collection and analysis. |
|
Prevention of Crisis and Problem Behaviors through Systemic Intervention: Missouri Tiered Supports |
TERESA A. RODGERS (Missouri Department of Mental Health Division of Developmental Disabilities), Rhiannon Marie Evans (The Chicago School and Missouri Department of Mental Health/Division of Developmental Disabilities) |
Abstract: The public health model that emphasizes prevention and the overall health of a public rather than emphasizing the poor health of one, or poor health issues specifically. In contrast, traditional healthcare focuses on the health of one individual. The model addresses strategies and practices that maintain the health of the public and works to increase these as a primary prevention effort. We suggest that ABA tends to align with traditional healthcare in that a large effort in training new practitioners and in the provision of services focuses on deviant or problem behaviors rather than conditions necessary for healthy and desirable behaviors. The Missouri Division of Developmental Disabilities has adopted the public health model to focus on practices or services that result in higher quality of life for individuals and developing state level systems to promote and maintain these. Implementation science informs us as to the necessary efforts and conditions that change momentary interventions to “a way we do business”. Data for agencies adopting the process at a high degree of fidelity suggests that broad scope strategies can reduce behavior problems in the agency to a significant degree. |
|
Identifying High-Risk Behavior: State Level Data Collection and Analysis and Intervention Strategies |
LUCAS EVANS (Missouri Division of Developmental Disabilities) |
Abstract: State systems such as Developmental Disabilities and Intellectual Disabilities spend a significant portion of the allotted funding on relatively few individuals who have significant challenges and needs. Approaching this issue with the public health model is helpful in moving efforts towards large-scale interventions maximizing limited resources. These include efforts such as implementing systemic changes like improved data collection and analysis, sharing data strategically, targeted training, intensive review of restrictive strategies and peer review committees. Missouri’s process of behavioral system analysis and systemic interventions will be discussed and the data for the past two years will be shared. |
|
Peer Review Committees as an Intervention to Improve Quality of Behavioral Services and Decrease High-Risk Outcomes |
RITA M COOPER (Missouri Department of Mental Health/Division of Developmental Disabilities) |
Abstract: Peer review committees can effectively provide consultative feedback that both improves the behavior support for the person and quality of services in general. Missouri Division of Developmental Disabilities has a voluntary peer review committee. This process involves community behavior analysts reviewing plans and data using a standard checklist for individuals in high-risk categories. Data from this process includes the items on the checklist missed and post review changes in high-risk outcomes. Data for the checklist and commonly missing elements will be reviewed. The checklist items will be demonstrated as best practice standards referenced to ABA literature and BACB and state funding agency requirements. The data suggest that peer review improves both the plans and reduces the likelihood of an individual continuing to experience high-risk outcomes. |
|
|
|
|
|
Sources and Outcomes of Bi-Directional Naming |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Montreux 1-3 |
Area: DEV/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Shahad Alsharif (Teacher College, Columbia University ) |
CE Instructor: Shahad Alsharif, M.A. |
Abstract: Bi-directional naming (BiN) is a verbal behavior cusp. Initially, listener and speaker behavior are acquired independently and BiN represents the joining of listener and speaker repertoires. In this symposium, three papers will discuss the sources and outcomes of BiN. The first two papers describe experiences that induce BiN. Hotchkiss, Karanian, and Fienup analyzed two intensities of a tact protocol and the effects on inducing BiN. Hawkins, Gautreaux, and Chiesa examined the effects of a history of multiple exemplar instruction on joint incidental BiN. The third paper examined the outcomes of a BiN repertoire. Longano, Harms, Wilczewski, and Ishikawa examined the acquisition of novel tacts under direct instruction and incidental learning conditions and found faster acquisition during incidental learning opportunities. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): bi-directional naming, naming, verbal cusps |
Target Audience: participants interested in learning about the sources and outcomes of bi-directional naming, or the joining of speaker and listener repertoires |
Learning Objectives: 1. Define bi-directional naming 2. Identify experiences that induce bi-directional naming 3. Identify how to modify instruction for individuals with bi-directional naming |
|
Parametric Analysis of the Intensive Tact Procotol to Induce Bi-Directional Naming |
REBECCA HOTCHKISS (Teacher's College at Columbia University), Genevieve Karanian (Columbia University Teachers College), Daniel Mark Fienup (Columbia University Teachers College) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to conduct a parametric analysis of verbal behavior developmental protocols used to induce verbal behavioral cusps/capabilities, to determine the most efficient methods of implementing the protocols based on an individual’s present level of verbal behavioral functioning. A parametric analysis was conducted on the intensity of an Intensive Tact Instruction (ITI) protocol on the induction of Bidirectional Naming (BiN). The researcher matched the participants into dyads based on their similarity in BiN level and rate of learning to assess the effects of the full (100 learn unit) intensity and the accelerated (50 learn unit) intensity of the ITI protocol. Results found that students with higher BiN level and more cusps/capabilities demonstrated equivalent progress when given the accelerated ITI protocol compared to those who received the full ITI protocol. However, those with lower BiN levels and less verbal behavior development benefitted from the full ITI protocol. |
|
Testing the Effects of Multiple Exemplar Instruction on the Induction of Joint Incidental Bidirectional Naming in Older Children and Young Adults Diagnosed With Autism |
EMMA HAWKINS (Jigsaw CABAS School), Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University), Mecca Chiesa (University of Kent) |
Abstract: Joint Incidental Bidirectional Naming (Hawkins, Gautreaux, & Chiesa, 2018) is a subtype of Common Bidirectional Naming (Miguel, 2016). Joint Incidental Bidirectional Naming is defined as the emergence of both untaught listener behaviour and untaught speaker behaviour following an incidental language experience providing the names of novel items. No direct teaching is involved in the acquisition of the names of these novel items. We evaluated the effectiveness of Multiple Exemplar Instruction (MEI) on the induction of Joint Incidental Bidirectional Naming with a group of ten older children and young adults, aged 6-18 years, diagnosed with autism and a learning disability. A multiple probe design was used to test for the acquisition of Joint Incidental Bidirectional Naming. One participant acquired Joint Incidental Bidirectional Naming following the MEI procedure. Four participants met the criteria for Joint Incidental Bidirectional Naming prior to the MEI procedure being implemented. Five participants did not meet the criteria for Joint Incidental Bidirectional Naming post-MEI intervention. The potential of tests producing false negative scores and the effects of multiple testing were discussed. It was also suggested that additional prerequisite behavioural cusps may need to be present prior to implementing procedures to induce Joint Incidental Bidirectional Naming. |
|
A Study of the Rate of Tact Acquisition Under Two Experimental Conditions: Direct Tact Instruction and Naming Experiences |
Jennifer Longano (Fred S. Keller School), GINGER HARMS (Columbia University Teachers College), Joanna Wilczewski (Columbia University Teachers College), Nana Ishikawa (Columbia University Teachers College) |
Abstract: We investigated the rate of tact acquisition under two experimental conditions, direct tact instruction and the presentation of Naming experiences. Two experiments were conducted using ABAB design counterbalanced across nine participants. Under the direct tact instruction condition, instructors presented a picture, without a verbal antecedent, and delivered social praise contingent on correct responses and a correction procedure (prompting the correct response and representing the picture) contingent on incorrection response. During the naming experiences phases, the instructors presented the picture and said the name of the picture while the participants were attending to the picture. After, we conducted probes to determine if the participants acquired the tacts presented during the naming experiences. Results from both Experiments showed faster rates of acquisition under the naming experience conditions. Participants with Unilateral naming and/or Bidirectional Naming acquired language in the form of tacts at higher rates incidental, whereas, the participants who did not demonstrate Unilateral naming did not. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Applications and Extensions of Equivalence-Based Instruction |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Fairmont, Second Level, Gold |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Leif Albright (Caldwell University) |
CE Instructor: Leif Albright, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The three talks in this symposium describe studies in which equivalence-based instruction (EBI) was used to teach classes of animal features, food portion estimation, and verbal operant academic content. The first study was a replication and extension of O’Neill, Rehfeldt, Ninness, Muñoz, & Mellor (2015). Computer EBI was compared to studying from flash cards to teach Skinner’s verbal operants to college students. In the second study, which was an extension of prior studies in which EBI was used to teach portion estimation of food items, non-food items were used during training to increase portion-size estimation accuracy. Preferred and non-preferred foods were used to assess generalization of portion-size estimation accuracy. In the third study, which was a replication of Keintz, Miguel, Kao, and Finn (2011), EBI was used to teach three classes of animal features and to evaluate the emergence of visual-visual and auditory-visual relations and speaker behavior by children with autism spectrum disorder. Together, the three studies in this symposium extend the content domains and procedures that can be used to establish equivalence classes of relevant content. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): derived relations, equivalence, verbal behavior |
Target Audience: The target audience is practitioners who work with children with autism, and those who use equivalence-based instruction to teach socially relevant content. |
|
Comparing Flash Cards and Stimulus Equivalence-Based Instruction to Teach Verbal Operants to College Students |
Gayathiri Ramadoss (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), LEIF ALBRIGHT (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: The present study compared the effects of computer-based stimulus equivalence-based instruction (EBI) to that of studying from flash cards to teach Skinner’s verbal operants. Ten undergraduate or graduate students enrolled in an introductory course in Applied Behavior Analysis served as participants. One group was exposed to EBI and a comparison group studied a set of flash cards with all the stimuli presorted into correct groups. Four classes of verbal operants (mand, tact, intraverbal, and echoic) were taught. Each class consisted of 4 stimulus members (name of the term, a colloquial definition, formal definition, and vignettes). Generalization of class-consistent responding was assessed for participants in both groups via a series of sorting tasks, written tests, and computer-based matching tests. Both IOA and treatment integrity data were at least 99%. The results of this study showed that participants of both the EBI group and the flash cards group formed classes across all testing formats. The results of this study did not align with past research in showing efficiency of EBI compared to studying pre-sorted flash cards in establishing academic skills with advanced learners. Overall the EBI group performed at a level that was 10-15% above that of the control group. |
|
Equivalence-Based Instruction With Non-Food Items to Increase Portion-Size Estimation Accuracy |
Brianna Regan (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), JACQUELINE CARROW (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Researchers have previously taught individuals how to more accurately estimate portion-sizes of foods using equivalence-based instruction (EBI). The purpose of the current study was to evaluate whether non-food items could be used during training to increase portion-size estimation accuracy. Preferred and non-preferred foods were used to assess generalization of portion-size estimation accuracy. Foods were identified through an assessment and varied per participant. Two non-food items were used for training and one novel non-food item was used to assess for generalization of portion-size accuracy. Three classes of stimuli were taught using EBI (i.e., ¼ cup, ½ cup, and 1 cup). The members of each class were represented by portion-size measurement aids, amounts on paper plates, and measuring cups. All participants more accurately estimated each portion-size of non-food items after training sessions. Accurate estimation also generalized to preferred and non-preferred foods for all participants. IOA and procedural data were at least 99%. |
|
Teaching Creature Features to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder Using Equivalence-Based Instruction |
LAUREN GRITENAS (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Peter F. Gerhardt (The EPIC School), Leif Albright (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to replicate Keintz, Miguel, Kao, and Finn (2011) by evaluating the effects of EBI on emergence of visual-visual and auditory-visual relations and speaker behavior by children with autism spectrum disorder. We extended Keintz et al. by evaluating a many-to-one training structure, evaluating the emergence of auditory-auditory relations, and teaching language skills commonly targeted in early intensive behavioral intervention with early learners. Specifically, we taught three 4-member classes of stimuli: donkey (Class 1), seal (Class 2), and cricket (Class 3). Members of each class were the pictures of the creature (Stimulus A), creature’s spoken name (Stimulus B), sounds made by the creature (Stimulus C) and pictures of the creature’s habitats (Stimulus D). Results for all participants increased from low levels during baseline sessions to 86% or higher following EBI. Emergence of speaker behavior was also observed for all participants (i.e., tacts of pictures, tacts of sounds, intraverbals related to sounds and habitats, intraverbal fill-ins, echoics). Interobserver agreement for listener and speaker pretests across all three participants ranged from 94%-100%. Interobserver agreement for teaching relations and listener/speaker post-tests across all three participants was 100%. Percentage of correct implementation of the teaching/training procedures was 100%. |
|
|
|
|
|
Applying Behavior-Analytic Instructional Strategies in Higher Education Settings |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Fairmont, Third Level, Crystal |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Megan D. Aclan (Aclan Behavioral Services) |
CE Instructor: Megan D. Aclan, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium includes three data-based presentations focused on applying behavior-analytic procedures in higher education settings. All presentations will focus on improving student performance in the classroom through the use of active teaching strategies and creative assignments. In the first presentation, Daniel Wagner will present a comparison of a novel assignment and a traditional assignment to increase undergraduate behavior analysis students’ performance on quizzes and their dissemination skills. Next, Christopher Le will present a comparison of preprinted and write-on response cards in an undergraduate applied behavior analysis course on exam scores, learning gains, and participation. Finally, Kendra Guinness will present an evaluation of the effects of a personalized system of instruction including self-paced tutorials comprised of instructions, video models, practice, and feedback on students’ accuracy in APA formatting. Each presentation will address implications for the behavior analytic teaching strategies in the classroom. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): higher education, instruction, response cards, teaching |
Target Audience: BCBAs, Faculty, Educators |
|
Giving Away Our Science: Evaluating the Effectiveness of a Dissemination Assignment in an Undergraduate Behavior Analysis Course |
DANIEL WAGNER (California State University, Northridge), Debra Berry Malmberg (California State University, Northridge), Megan D. Aclan (California State University, Northridge), Ashley Andersen (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Though many have argued that behavior analysts should be trained as behavioral translators, translating our science and technology to others in a way that disseminates what our field has to offer (Foxx, 1985, 1996; Lindsley, 1991; Morris, 1985; Reed, 2014; Schlinger, 2014), little research identifying how to teach such repertoires exists. In this study, we designed the Giving ABA Away assignment to begin to teach this dissemination repertoire to undergraduate students in behavior analysis. The purpose of this study was to determine the effects of this dissemination assignment, in which students were asked to describe a behavioral concept to a layperson audience, in comparison to a more traditional assignment. This study utilized a counterbalanced within groups design with pre- and post-assignment evaluations to assess student comprehension of the concepts and dissemination skills. Results showed positive effects of the dissemination assignment on student learning outcomes as compared to the traditional assignment. Implications for educators will be discussed. |
|
A Comparison of Preprinted and Write-On Response Cards in Higher Education |
Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento), Catherine Copsey (California State University, Sacramento), Sharon Furtak (California State University, Sacramento), CHRISTOPHER LE (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: One pedagogical strategy for increasing student engagement is to incorporate active student responses, such as using response cards, within lecture-style teaching. To the authors’ knowledge, only two studies have compared response card types in higher education settings; however, these studies were translational and were conducted in a simulated classroom. This study compared the benefits of preprinted vs. write-on response cards in two undergraduate psychology courses using an alternating treatments design blocked by content unit. We compared both response card types to standard lecture control condition in Experiment 1 and a passive lecture control condition in Experiment 2. We examined the effects of response card type on students’ exam performance, learning gains (i.e., questions answered incorrectly in class then correctly on exams), retention scores, retention gains (i.e., learning gains maintained on a posttest), and in-class participation. Students also reported their preference for response card type using a satisfaction survey. Both response card conditions resulted in higher exam scores over standard and passive control conditions, and we found that write-on response cards produced significantly higher learning and retention gains across experiments. We offer recommendations for using response cards in higher education as well as expanding this line of research. |
|
A Personalized System of Instruction for Teaching APA Formatting to Undergraduate Students |
KENDRA GUINNESS (Regis College), Jacquelyn M. MacDonald (Regis College), Diana Parry-Cruwys (Regis College) |
Abstract: Formatting documents according the American Psychological Association (APA) guidelines is an essential but difficult skill for undergraduate psychology students. Undergraduate faculty report that their students make frequent APA formatting errors in a variety of domains including citations, quotations, and headers (Mandernach, Zafonte, & Taylor, 2016). The current study evaluated the effects of a personalized system of instruction (PSI) on the accuracy of APA formatting with undergraduate students using a multiple probe design across four units (title page, abstract, body, and references). Participants completed self-paced tutorials comprised of textual instructions, a video model, multiple practice opportunities, and immediate feedback. Results thus far indicate that after low to moderate levels of accuracy in baseline, accuracy rose to high levels immediately following training. Generalization was also measured by evaluating the APA formatting accuracy of actual lab reports the participants submitted in an introductory psychology class. Interobserver agreement was recorded for 33% of sessions (M = 89%; range, 73%-100%). Social validity with students and faculty will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Potential of Statistical Inference in Behavior Analysis: A Panel With Discussion |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich D |
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Derek Reed (The University of Kansas) |
CE Instructor: Derek Reed, Ph.D. |
Panelists: CHRISTOPHER FRANCK (Virginia Tech), SHAWN GILROY (Louisiana State University), AMY ODUM (Utah State University) |
Abstract: This panel will be a discussion of Dr. Jonathan Friedel and Dr. Brady DeHart’s SQAB Tutorial on the utility of statistics in behavior analysis. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe contemporary applications of statistical analyses in behavior analysis, (2) describe the research questions to be addressed by inferential statistics, and (3) describe the controversy of using statistical inference in behavior analysis. |
CHRISTOPHER FRANCK (Virginia Tech) |
Christopher Franck received his Ph.D. from the Department of Statistics at North Carolina State University in 2010 and is currently an Assistant Professor in the Department of Statistics at Virginia Tech. Dr. Franck's research interests include the statistical modeling of behavioral data, Bayesian inference with an emphasis in model selection, and spatial statistics. |
SHAWN GILROY (Louisiana State University) |
Dr. Shawn Gilroy is an Assistant Professor of Psychology at Louisiana State University. Dr. Gilroy received his PhD from Temple University, completing his predoctoral training at the Munroe-Meyer Institute and his postdoctoral training at the Kennedy-Krieger Institute. Prior to his post at Louisiana State University, Dr. Gilroy served as a Marie Sklodowska Curie international research fellow at the National University of Ireland, Galway. His work centers on the development and evaluation of evidence-based treatments using technology for children with developmental disorders and the translation of applied behavioral economic methods to clinical populations. |
AMY ODUM (Utah State University) |
Amy Odum is a Professor in the Department of Psychology at Utah State University. Her research interests are in basic behavioral phenomena, such as response persistence, sensitivity to delayed outcomes, conditional discriminations, and environmental influences on drug effects. Her work has been funded by the National Institute on Drug Abuse and the National Institute of Mental Health. She completed a post-doctoral fellowship at the University of Vermont’s Human Behavioral Pharmacology Laboratory after earning her Ph.D. and M.A. in Psychology, specializing in Behavior Analysis, from West Virginia University. She received a B.S. in Psychology from the University of Florida. Dr. Odum has been Associate Editor for the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and President of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and Division 25 of the American Psychological Association. She is a Fellow of ABAI and is currently Editor in Chief of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. |
|
|
|
|
|
Translating Behavioral Observation Research to Intervention for Couples With Pain |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom AB |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Gabrielle T. Lee, Ph.D. |
Chair: Gabrielle T. Lee (Western University) |
ANNMARIE CANO (Wayne State University) |
Annmarie Cano, Ph.D. is a Professor of Psychology at Wayne State University in Detroit (Michigan, USA). Dr. Cano conducts research on emotion regulation and intimacy processes in couples facing physical and mental health problems. Building on her basic research findings on empathic interaction, she has developed a mindfulness and acceptance intervention aimed at helping both partners improve their own emotion regulation and quality of life while also supporting their partners to do the same. As a first-generation college student and Latina, Dr. Cano is committed to supporting access, diversity, and inclusion in higher education and is conducting research in this domain as well. Dr. Cano has over 70 publications and has served as PI on grants from the National Institutes of Health. In 2016, she was elected Fellow of the American Psychological Association in two divisions (Society for Health Psychology and Society for Couple and Family Psychology). Dr. Cano has served the field as Associate Editor at Health Psychology and Journal of Family Psychology and currently sits on the editorial boards of American Psychologist and Journal of Pain. She earned her master’s and doctoral degrees in psychology from Stony Brook University and her bachelor’s degree in psychology from Princeton University. |
Abstract: Behavioral interventions for pain typically target individuals and when loved ones are involved, their roles are often conceptualized as information providers or reinforcers of pain behaviors. At the same time, a growing literature on supportive behaviors such as partner responsiveness, emotional validation, and empathy has suggested that interventions may be more effective if these types of behaviors are incorporated into treatment. Dr. Cano will provide an overview of correlational and experimental research on empathic behaviors in pain and describe a new intervention for couples that is based on this research. Evidence of intervention feasibility and acceptability will also be presented to describe the challenges of intervention development. Finally, Dr. Cano will share a set of lessons learned to inform work aimed at bridging the gap between basic behavioral and clinical intervention research. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: Pending. |
|
|
|
|
|
Working With Practitioners in Mainland China: From Theory to Practice |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Rouge |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Fan-Yu Lin (Robert Morris University) |
CE Instructor: Dorothy Xuan Zhang, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The number of certified behavior analysts in mainland China is increasing at a drastic pace every year. Despite this growth, its nature of service delivery, the focus of target service recipients, and the presence of a comprehensive professional standards make behavior analysis a developing profession that is unlike others in China. In this critical phase of development, practitioners’ adherence to ethical and professional standards becomes an even more critical key for its future success. While it is important to understand the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts, one must demonstrate the interpretation of this Code through everyday practice. In a country with a vast diversity in beliefs, customs, and other cultural variables, this interpretation may not be apparent at times. The central theme for this symposium is working with practitioners in mainland, China. From a theoretical perspective, the presenters will first illustrate the ethical challenges that behavior analysts may face while providing services in a variety of settings in China. The audience will then learn about two empirical studies that demonstrate the use of data-based decision making to guide practitioners’ service delivery in the context of direct teaching and supervision in mainland, China. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): China, Ethics, Service delivery, Supervision |
Target Audience: Undergraduate, graduate, or practitioners in the field of behavior analysis |
|
Service Delivery Through a Cultural Lens: It May Not Be That Simple |
(Theory) |
DOROTHY XUAN ZHANG (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; George Mason University; ABA Professional Committee of China Association of Rehabilitation of Disabled Persons (ABA-CARDP) |
Abstract: Over the past decade, educational and therapeutic services driven by Applied Behavior Analysis has gained more and more attention in mainland, China, particularly in the area of treatment for autism. Despite this increase in recognition and acceptance, the quality of service for students with special needs varies drastically across settings. This variation is caused by a need for more quality training courses, current misunderstanding toward students with special needs and their educators, and the availability of alternative, and often nonscientific treatment options. Behavior analysts provide services under clear and comprehensive professional and ethical guidelines. However, when cultural variations come into play, practitioners may require additional guidance with decision making during service delivery. From a conceptual analysis of behavioral perspective, this presentation will focus on the ethical challenges that behavior analysts may encounter while working in different educational and therapeutic setting in China. Potential directions and recommendations for future research and practice will also be discussed. |
|
Comparison of Simple Conditional Discrimination Method and Conditional Only Discrimination Method: Using Discrete Trial Training in Teaching Receptive Labeling to Young Children With Autism in China |
(Applied Research) |
FAN-YU LIN (Robert Morris University), Jing Zhu (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: The emerging Western model of professional training and service delivery in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) leads to a continuous debate between universal designs and localized decisions in China, a country with over 75,000 preschools with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) (Sun & Allison, 2010; Zhang & Ji, 2005), who receive alarmingly uneven service quality given the high demand of treatment (Xu, Yang, Ji, Xu, & Wang, 2014). Even for those who claim the use of ABA procedures in teaching receptive labeling, one of the fundamental skills for preschoolers, the decision-making process is not typically based on data, but is rather on routines or personal preferences. In this study, two discrimination methods were compared in teaching students with autism. The first method is simple conditional discrimination (SCD), which involves a total of nine steps to gradually increase task difficulty over time. The second method is conditional only discrimination method (COD), which includes presenting the target task from the onset of the intervention (Grow, Carr, Kodak, Jostad, & Kisamore 2011). The data suggested COD resulted in more efficient acquisition while SCD fostered gradual improvement. The results provide data driven guidance for Chinese ABA practitioners in the decision making process of ASD program design. |
|
A Comparison of Two Types of Remote Performance Feedback on Treatment Integrity |
(Applied Research) |
JING ZHU (University of Iowa), Allison Bruhn (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Treatment integrity (TI) has a direct impact on early intensive behavioral interventions outcomes for children with autism. Research suggests that providing feedback can improve TI. The purpose of the present study is to evaluate and compare the effects of two remote feedback methods, videoconferencing feedback and email feedback (with graph), on TI of teachers working with children with autism in China. Four teachers will participate in the study. During baseline, teachers’ TI of implementing discrete trial training and incidental teaching will be measured. During comparison, the teachers will receive performance feedback via either videoconferencing or email with graph. The associations of the feedback method and teaching procedure will be counterbalanced across all teachers. Teachers’ acceptance and preference of the two types of feedback will be collected via a social validity questionnaire at the end of the study. Results of the study will answer the following questions: (1) whether either or both of the remote feedback methods are effective, (2) whether email feedback is as effective as videoconferencing feedback, and (3) whether if there is a preferences between the two types of feedback. We expect to complete the data collection by the end of February in 2019. |
|
|
|
|
|
A Systems Approach to Learner-Centered Instruction for Staff and Clients |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Fairmont, Second Level, International Ballroom |
Area: TBA/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Matthew C. Howarth (Verbal Behavior Associates) |
CE Instructor: Matthew C. Howarth, Ph.D. |
Abstract: We present the effects of behavior analytic interventions that resulted in increased supervisor and technician expertise and an analysis of organizational intervention components. The data show that the implementation of a rule governed organizational system to train clinicians supports increases in academic literacy, communication and social skills for pre-school and elementary age clients diagnosed with autism and related communication disabilities in 1:1 settings. In this model, the data generated through measurement of each individual’s responses drive the system. Clinicians are trained through modules that provide in situ opportunities specifically related to the accurate implementation of clients’ programs, choice of strategies and tactics, materials and selection of new objectives. Supervisors collaborate across clinics to improve the accuracy of the feedback delivered during Teacher Performance Rate and Accuracy (TPRA) observations for verbal development protocols. Researchers report more complex data analyses, improved verbal behavior about the science, and increases in rate of learning for the clients taught using a Rule Governed Algorithm which included a Verbal Behavior about the Science Protocol package. We analyze organizational components, discuss relevant measures to consider within the organization, and present meaningful client and staff outcomes when considering a systems approach using data-driven procedures and interlocking contingencies. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: BCBAs and Program Supervisors |
|
Using a Rule Governed Algorithm to Increase Line Technicians Analysis of Instructional Problems and Decrease Clients’ Learn Units to Criterion |
KELLY KING (Touchstone and The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Nicholls State University) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of a rule governed algorithm on line technicians’ analysis of instructional problems and clients’ learn units to criterion. We used a delayed multiple baseline design across eight participants who worked at a private center and provided 1:1 instruction for clients diagnosed with autism. The participants were selected because they showed interest in verbal behavior about the science and the scientific vocabulary used at the center. The participants had little or no previous experience with Applied Behavior Analysis and did not typically apply the vocabulary of the science when encountering instructional problems in situ. Training at the center included basic vocabulary, decision analysis and measurement but focused on clients’ program specifics and center-wide and client-specific schedules. The independent variable was the implementation of a Rule Governed Algorithm which included a Verbal Behavior about the Science Protocol package. The dependent variables were total and correct learn units delivered by the line technicians, pre- and post-probe data for mastery of the protocol and learn units to criterion for the clients taught. |
|
Methods to Improve Treatment Fidelity |
Dolleen-Day Keohane (Nicholls State University), JENNY CRONIER (Seattle Behavior Consulting & Therapy), Mara Katra Oblak (Seattle Behavior Consulting), Kelly King (Touchstone and The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Lauren Becnel (The Touchstone Center), Danica Reaves Savoie (Touchstone Center), Mark Flores (Seattle Behavior Consulting & Therapy) |
Abstract: Methods to improve treatment fidelity within and across teaching sites should be the subject of more research to increase the validity and reliability of evidence-based treatment. Client programming is designed and implemented to promote generalization, and supervisors should measure the variability of implementation across Registered Behavior TechniciansTM (RBTs®) to ensure treatment fidelity. Additionally, research efforts across teaching sites are stifled by the lack of calibration across researchers for the implementation of evidence-based protocols. This paper describes a cross-clinic calibration procedure designed to increase the accuracy of implementation of verbal behavior developmental protocols by RBTs® using Teacher Performance Rate and Accuracy (TPRA) observations. The procedure includes observations of RBT® protocol implementation and analysis of inter-observer agreement (IOA) across TPRA observations by local and distance collaborating supervisors. Data were collected on the percent of IOA across TPRA observations for each protocol across supervisors. TPRA observations were repeated until criterion for calibration was met. Researchers report the effects of this cross-clinic calibration procedure on the number of correct and incorrect RBT observations by supervisors compared with baseline conditions that did not include multi-site TPRA calibration. |
|
A Systematic Implementation of Organization-Wide Behavior Management Components and the Effects on Student Outcome and Job Performance: A Procedural Analysis and Review of Clinical Outcomes |
MARA OBLAK (Seattle Behavior Consulting & Therapy), Jenny Cronier (Seattle Behavior Consulting & Therapy) |
Abstract: ABA service providers recognize the need for effective operating procedures and supervision practices that produce quality outcomes. Complex interactions between supervisors and supervisees should result in effective treatment through accurate instruction and delivery of behavioral interventions. The CABAS® model is a data-driven, research-based system that takes into account the interdependent relationship between teachers, students and their parents, and school supervisory personnel, whose primary function is to train and mentor teachers to continually apply the principles and tactics of the science of behavior to ensure student success (Singer-Dudek, Speckman, & Nuzzolo, 2010). We sought to develop a standardized system of individualized instruction for administrators, students and clinicians utilizing components of the CABAS® model in a private ABA clinic and develop a measurement system to develop the quality of the product. We implemented Learn Units, TPRAs, a Decision protocol, the VBDR assessment, developmental protocols and performance-based modules. This data collection describes the components implemented, a procedural analysis of systems implemented, data analysis for staff and clients and future considerations regarding data driven operating procedures. |
|
|
|
|
|
Correspondence of Verbal Reports: An Experimental Analysis |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom EF |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
CE Instructor: Julio De Rose, Ph.D. |
Chair: Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
JULIO DE ROSE (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos), Mariéle Cortez (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Julio de Rose received his Ph.D. at the University of São Paulo, Brazil, in 1981, and was a postdoctoral Fulbright fellow at the Eunice Kennedy Shriver Center for Mental Retardation. He is now Professor of Psychology at the Federal University of São Carlos, Brazil, and Research Director of the Brazilian National Institute of Science and Technology on Behavior, Cognition and Teaching, of which he is one of the founders. He is the author and co-author of more than 130 articles and chapters on experimental, applied, and conceptual Behavior Analysis, and has served in the editorial boards of several international journals in the field of Behavior Analysis. |
Abstract: Skinner remarked that verbal responses are “true” or “objective” when the correspondence with a stimulating situation is sharply maintained. Lanza, Starr, & Skinner (1982) developed an “animal model” for the study of variables involved in correspondence: a pigeon “reported” to another about the color of a hidden disc, by pecking a specific key. Having access to the color, the experimenter could investigate contingencies leading to distorted reports. This presentation will address a series of studies with human participants recently conducted in our lab, with variations in this method. Participants reported about previous behavior or played card games in which they reported the value of their cards. A recent study developed a videogame with different audiences asking about the participant’s previous behavior. Several independent variables have been investigated. Correspondence was enhanced by reinforcement of corresponding responses, punishment of non-corresponding responses, probability of response checking, and modelling of corresponding reports by confederates. Non-corresponding reports increased with reinforcement for specific reports (reinforcing reports of correct responses regardless of correspondence), punitive audiences, and modelling of non-corresponding responses by confederates. This series of studies has progressively refined experimental methods and increased the range of variables investigated, contributing to clarify the determinants of correspondence. |
Target Audience: Researchers or students interested in basic and translational research on verbal behavior. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe and discuss Skinner’s conceptualization about correspondence between verbal response and stimulating situation; (2) identify independent and dependent variables in experiments about verbal correspondence; (3) analyze critically methods, results and conclusions of a sample of correspondence experiments; (4) identify variables that increase or decrease correspondence; (5) relate the conceptual and experimental analysis of correspondence to the lay notions of truth and lie. |
|
|
|
|
|
Generalization From the Clinic |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency East, Lobby Level, Plaza Ballroom AB |
Area: AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Karen Nohelty (Center for Autism and Related Disorders) |
CE Instructor: Karen Nohelty, M.Ed. |
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is used to teach individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) in a variety of settings. While there are many benefits for clients receiving sessions in a clinic-based setting, one area that deserves attention from clinicians is generalization. The gains made by clients have a significantly greater impact when their skills are demonstrated in situations in which training did not occur. Assessing and planning for the occurrence of generalization are key components of quality programming for individuals with ASD. Clinician cannot “train and hope” that skills will generalize to other locations, parents, etc. In this symposium, research on generalization from three different perspectives will be discussed to provide more information to clinicians programming for generalization. In the first talk, a literature review on the amount and type of generalization measured in research studies on individuals with ASD will be shared, along with a discussion of the factors leading to successful generalization. Following this discussion, the effects of a parent training program on parent-child interactions and parental self-efficacy will be reviewed. Lastly, data will be presented on the generalization of treatment gains made in the clinic setting, to parents in the home. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): clinic-based, generalization, parent training |
Target Audience: Board Certified Behavior Analysts, Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the current state of inclusion of generalization in recent research articles on individuals with ASD; (2) describe elements of an effective parent training program; (3) identify factors contributing to the success of generalization from the clinic with a technician to the home with parents. |
|
A Review: Examining the Use of Generalization in the Current Literature |
(Theory) |
LEAH HIRSCHFELD (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Karen Nohelty (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)) |
Abstract: A key component of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) is generalization: the occurrence of skills under circumstances in which they were not specifically trained. In order for generalization to occur, ABA practitioners can teach a number of different scenarios and examples so individuals use the instructional concept outside of one context. This review examined articles in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis over five years. In order to be included in the review, articles had to be primary research that included at least one participant diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Our review showed that researchers frequently did not plan for generalization; however, of the articles that did program for generalization, a majority of them utilized a generalization promotion strategy in the research study design. This review also examined the factors that lead to the success of generalization. The results of this review provide information to better inform current ABA practices to increase generalization of skills taught to individuals with ASD. |
|
Examination of Effects of Parent Training on Parent-Child Interactions |
(Service Delivery) |
JULIE LEMON (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Karen Nohelty (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Nicholas Marks (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Christopher Miyake (Center for Autism and Related Disorders) |
Abstract: Parent training has been established as a key element of treatment programs for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). However, treatment gains noted in the research vary greatly. The current study expanded upon past research on the naturalistic developmental behavioral intervention, Project ImPACT, by modifying procedures to increase accessibility to parents (e.g. removing homework) and incorporate collaborative practitioner strategies (e.g. asking open ended questions, individualizing examples). Twelve weekly sessions were implemented for six children with ASD and their parents. Each week, the clinician reviewed the target skill(s) with the parent during a 1-hour session and then used behavioral skills training to support the parent in demonstrating the target skill(s) with his/her child during a subsequent 30-minute session. A concurrent multiple baseline design across participants was used to examine parent treatment integrity scored from a video of interaction with the child. Data indicate an increase over baseline throughout the course of the treatment for all participants. Additionally, on a measure of parental self-efficacy scores increased over baseline for 5 out of 6 parents. These results build upon the research base behind the benefits of parent training and provide details regarding parental treatment integrity throughout the course of the intervention. |
|
Generalization of Clinic-Based Treatment Gains to Parents |
(Applied Research) |
KAREN NOHELTY (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Leah Hirschfeld (Center for Autism and Related Disorders) |
Abstract: While Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) as a treatment for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) has demonstrated effectiveness across a multitude of studies, generalization of gains is an area of concern. Not only is it necessary to consider generalization from clinicians to parents, but it is also critical to program for generalization of skills mastered in a clinic to the home. In this study, for children with ASD receiving the majority of their ABA services in a clinic-based setting, skills were identified that were mastered within the ABA program and indicated as not known by parents via the Skills® Assessment before instruction began. The amount of parent training received by the children’s parents was compared with the percent of skills known in a probe at home with their parent. Preliminary data indicate that the children demonstrated a high rate of generalization of skills at home with their parent regardless of amount of parent training received. While the generalization noted by this study is promising, more research is needed to clarify the variables impacting the transfer of skills across people and settings. However, this study provides early support of generalization of skills for children with ASD receiving services at a clinic. |
|
|
|
|
|
Using A Decision Making Framework to Address Ethical Dilemmas in Schools |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom B |
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Ilene S. Schwartz, Ph.D. |
Chair: Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington) |
ILENE S. SCHWARTZ (University of Washington) |
NANCY ROSENBERG (University of Washington) |
JOE M. LUCYSHYN (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: The Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) guarantees a free and appropriate public education to students with disabilities in the United States. Therefore, publics schools are a setting in which Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) should be working. When working in public schools, however, BCBAs often face numerous ethical challenges. Some of these challenges are related to philosophical differences, others may be related to resource allocations. Regardless of the issues contributing to the ethical dilemmas, BCBAs working in schools need a process to evaluate these dilemmas and make decisions about their practice. Rosenberg and Schwartz (2018) propose a decision making framework that BCBAs can use in their practice to address ethical dilemmas. The decision making framework does not provide BCBAs with a “right” answer, rather it is a tool for them to use to consider the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code, student outcomes, and other issues when making decisions about their practices. The purpose of this panel is to describe this process and then use it to address real world ethical dilemmas faced by BCBAs working in public schools. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: BCBAs, specifically those who are working in schools |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will improve their knowledge about the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code
2. Participants will increase their knowledge of a decision making framework proposed by Rosenberg and Schwartz, 2018.
3. Participants will increase their comfort with discussing ethical issues. |
|
|
|
|
|
Current Strategies to Assess and Treat Multiple Topographies of Food Refusal |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom A |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Elizabeth A. Masler (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine) |
CE Instructor: Elizabeth A. Masler, M.A. |
Abstract: A variety of effective behavioral treatments to address pediatric food refusal have been thoroughly discussed in the behavior-analytic literature. Due to the complexity of food refusal, children often present with multiple topographies (e.g., inappropriate mealtime behavior, expulsion, packing) and interventions often include multi-component treatment packages. This symposium includes a study that evaluated the sequential introduction of treatment components designed to address multiple topographies of food refusal. Results suggested that at least three topographies were likely members of a single response class which required simultaneous treatment, although packing was the most resistant to intervention. Thus, the second study focused on a single topography of food refusal, packing. An assessment model was introduced and evaluated to guide the treatment of packing. Results indicated that such a model may be useful in identifying an effective treatment for packing. Together, these studies provide assessment models that may be useful in determining when specific treatment components may be effective. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: 1) Practitioners
2) Researchers |
|
Analysis of Response Classes in Pediatric Food Refusal |
MEARA X. H. MCMAHON (University of Georgia), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: Multicomponent intervention packages used to treat pediatric food refusal often consist of several procedures that may be cumbersome for caregivers to implement (e.g., Pangborn, Borrero, & Borrero, 2012; Werle, Murphy, & Budd, 1993). Practitioners may avoid the use of additional procedures by sequentially introducing treatment components only when necessary. In the present study, the sequential introduction of treatment components designed to address multiple topographies of food refusal was evaluated using reversal designs for three children. Extinction analyses were conducted to determine if topographies were members of a response class. An evaluation of temporal relations between responses suggested that inappropriate mealtime behavior (IMB) was most likely to occur first if untreated. When escape extinction procedures were implemented for IMB, other topographies of food refusal increased. Results suggest IMB, expulsion and packing may be members of the same response class and all topographies may need to be addressed when designing treatment procedures. |
|
Evaluation of a Packing Assessment to Decrease Packing Among Children With Food Refusal |
ALEXANDRA MARIE RIVERO (Kennedy Krieger Institute / UMBC), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: A significant problem among children who engage in pediatric food refusal is packing (i.e., pocketing or holding accepted food in the mouth), which could hinder successful treatment. Previous research has identified effective treatments to reduce packing; however, an assessment model to guide treatment decisions is lacking. In the present study, a multielement design was used to identify conditions under which low levels of packing occurred for four children with pediatric food refusal. Results were used to empirically inform treatment selection to decrease packing for three children. Assessments indicated that packing was related to texture, food preference, or response effort and subsequently informed individualized treatments, which led to decreased levels of packing. Results suggest that this model may be useful in the design of treatment packages for children who engage in packing at clinically problematic levels. |
|
|
|
|
|
Family-Centered Dissemination of Interventions |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom C |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Claudia Campos (Florida Institute for Technology) |
Discussant: Andrew L. Samaha (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Claudia Campos, Ph.D. |
Abstract: For interventions to make meaningful changes in the lives of clients and their families, they should be generalized to home settings. These two presentations address challenges faced during generalization to family implementation. The first is on a pyramidal approach to training in which primary caregivers learn how to implement an intervention, and then train others in their family to use it as well. The second is on the use of static or dynamic symbols to indicate when reinforcement is and is not available within a multiple schedule. A discussant, Dr. Andrew Samaha, will provide inside and commentary on these presentations. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): multiple-schedules, parent-training, problem behavior, pyramidal training |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts who work with children with challenging behavior. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Why might different families require training beyond just the parents? 2. What is the benefit of static versus dynamic signals to indicate reinforcer availability/unavailability? 3. How does the use of multiple schedules preserve the contingency between an alternative response and the reinforcer that previously maintained problem behavior? |
|
Culturally Adapted Services: Using Pyramidal Training to Teach Behavior Analytic Procedures to Hispanic Families |
(Applied Research) |
MARLESHA BELL (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Anna Garcia (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Research has demonstrated that disparities exist in Applied Behavior Analysis services among Hispanic children with developmental disabilities. One way to reduce disparities is to develop treatments that are congruent with Hispanic families’ customs and cultural values so they are more likely to adopt the treatment in their home. For example, some Hispanic families follow the cultural value familismo. Familismo refers to strong family closeness, and getting along with and contributing to the well being of the nuclear and extended family. In addition, parent training is an important component of Applied Behavior Analysis therapy because it helps generalize and maintain the results in their typical environment. Typically, clinicians train all members of the household, but it is important to consider specific cultural values when choosing parent training models. Therefore, if we identify parent training strategies that are congruent with Hispanic families’ they may be more likely to adopt the training, learn the procedures, and implement them with high treatment fidelity. Thus, the purpose of this study is to use pyramidal training to teach family members who are caregivers for individuals with developmental disabilities to conduct behavior analytic procedures. |
|
Comparing the Effects of Static and Dynamic Signals During Multiple Schedules |
(Applied Research) |
CLAUDIA CAMPOS (Florida Institute of Technology), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Lori Ann Kollin (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is effective in reducing problem behavior. Some limitations to FCT include manding excessively (e.g., every 10 seconds) or at inappropriate times (e.g., when parent is making dinner). Multiple schedules using static signals have been used to decrease these limitations while maintaining low levels of problem behavior and appropriate levels of functional communication responses (FCRs). Dynamic signals in the form of Time Timers® have also been shown to maintain appropriate levels of problem behavior and FCRs. Presently, no research has examined the comparison of static and dynamic signals within the context of FCT. Therefore, the purpose of the current study is to compare the effects of static and dynamic signals (i.e., Time Timer®) during multiple schedules consisting of reinforcement and extinction components following FCT. Four children with an autism spectrum disorder participated in this study. Results showed that for three out of four subjects dynamic signals resulted in faster and more consistent discriminated responding. |
|
|
|
|
|
A Strategic Science of General Education: The CABAS(R) Accelerated Independent Learner Model of Instruction |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Montreux 1-3 |
Area: DEV/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
CE Instructor: JoAnn Pereira Delgado, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In this symposium, we will present three papers on the scientific procedures and tactics utilized in the CABAS® Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) Model of Instruction. Our program includes students with and without disabilities from preschool through middle school age and implements teaching procedures rooted in applied behavior analysis, the strategic science of teaching and the Verbal Behavior Development Theory. In the first paper, we will discuss the key pre-requisite developmental cusps for early learners including Bi-directional Naming, Observational Learning, Transformation of Stimulus Function across saying and writing, and Social Listener Reinforcement. In the second paper, we will describe the extension of the developmental cusps for reader-writers in the general education elementary school setting. The final paper will provide an overview of the later reader/writer and self-editing cusps. Collectively these papers will emphasize the importance of designing instruction based on the verbal behavior development theory and introduce teaching procedures that address both structure and function that ultimately result in the development of independent learners. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): AIL, CABAS, VBDT |
Target Audience: Teachers and students in graduate programs in applied behavior analysis. Also supervisors and professors with interest in verbal behavior development theory and the strategic science of teaching |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this symposium, learners will be able to,
1. Define verbal behavior development theory related to general education.
2. List the prerequisite cusps for early learners
3. List the reader and writer cusps
4. Describe how to arrange instruction once critical cusps are induced. |
|
How Students Become an Accelerated Independent Learner: Pre-Requisite Verbal Behavior Cusps |
FRANCIS JIHYE HWANG (Teacher College, Columbia University), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: A key element of a successful student is the ability to be an independent learner. Over the past three decades of research, Verbal Behavior Development Theory (VBDT) identified the pre-requisite cusps and capabilities (i.e., Bi-directional Naming, Observational Learning, Transformation of Stimulus Function across saying and writing, and Social Listener Reinforcement) that a student needs to acquire prior to becoming an accelerated independent learner (AIL). As an AIL, the student requires minimal direct instruction from the teacher, leading to acquisition of academic materials at their own pace. For over a decade, AIL classrooms demonstrated the effectiveness in student performance across Pre-K to middle school grade classrooms in a public-school district general education and self-contained special education classrooms. In this presentation, I will discuss the development of the pre-requisite cusps and capabilities necessary for an AIL along with the effects of the presence of these cusps on how lessons are designed and taught to these individuals. |
|
The Development of Elementary Reader and Writer Stages in an Accelerated Independent Learner Classroom |
LAUREN BALDONADO (Morris School District), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: We will provide a description of the elementary reader and writer stages in an Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) classroom for grades K-2. The verbal behavior development theory is an essential component and has an impact on methods of instruction and curriculum design. Reader and writer stages in these early grades build on one another such that the student becomes more independent as he or she acquires more skills. Verbal behavior developmental cusps and capabilities demonstrated in these stages include: responding to own textual responding as a listener, Naming accrues from listening to a story, textually responding at 80 words per minute (wpm), print transcription, print dictation, transformation of stimulus function across vocal and written responses, and reading governs responding. Interventions to induce reader/writer cusps/capabilities are built into the district-mandated curriculum so that students acquire objectives at a faster rate and learn things they could not before. Functional writing objectives are taught across reading, math, and social studies objectives to build skills for technical writing that affects reader behavior. |
|
Learner Independence: Instructional Tactics and Protocols Employed in a Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling Middle School Classroom |
YIFEI SUN (Teachers College, Columbia University), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Teaching reading and learning skills that allow students to become independent learners is a critical component of higher-grade level Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®) classrooms. Independent learning skills allow students to acquire essential reading repertoires and to receive maximized instruction. Students received systematically sequenced learning objectives through personalized system of instruction (PSI) and peer tutoring. They monitor the amount of instruction received, measured by the number of learn units received, as well as the rate of acquisition through graphing their own learn units. Students’ acquisition of independent learning skills also allows teachers to focus on designing instructions that optimize students’ learning. Teachers scripted behaviorally defined objectives with criteria that suit students’ individual levels of verbal behavior and sequenced objectives to ensure that students mastered all necessary prerequisite skills before tackling more advanced objectives. Teachers also implemented research-based protocols rooted in the verbal behavior development theory to induce early or advanced reader/writer skills and cusps including self-editing and writing governs complex operations of others. All of the components work together to foster independence of students in a middle-school CABAS® classroom. |
|
|
|
|
|
Understanding, Measuring, and Changing Bystander Behavior in Bullying |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom AB |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Robin Codding, Ph.D. |
Chair: Robin Codding (University of Minnesota) |
AMANDA NICKERSON (University at Buffalo, The State University of New York) |
Amanda Nickerson is a professor of school psychology and director of the Alberti Center for Bullying Abuse Prevention at the University at Buffalo, the State University of New York. Her research focuses on school violence and bullying, and the critical role of family, peers, and schools in preventing violence and building social-emotional strengths of youth. Dr. Nickerson has published more than 90 journal articles and book chapters, and written or edited 5 books (including the PREPaRE School Crisis Prevention and Intervention Model and the Handbook of School Violence and School Safety: International Research and Practice, 2nd ed). Her research has been funded by the National Institutes of Health, the American Educational Research Association, the New York State Developmental Disabilities Planning Council, and the Committee for Children. Dr. Nickerson served as associate editor of the Journal of School Violence and is on the editorial boards of several other journals in school psychology. She is a licensed psychologist, nationally certified school psychologist, fellow of the American Psychological Association, and Coordinator of Research for the National Association of School Psychologists’ School Safety and Crisis Prevention Committee. |
Abstract: Bullying has received unprecedented attention from legislators, media, and the general public. Studies of the phenomenon have widened the lens from focusing solely on perpetrators and victims to examining the role of peers who are almost always present when bullying occurs. These “bystanders” often remain passive or even join in, which can maintain or increase the bullying behaviors. To inform prevention and intervention efforts, it is important to understand the factors associated with bystanders’ attitudes and actions. In this presentation, findings from a program of research examining the behavior of peers in bullying situations and the factors that predict the likelihood of actively defending (directly or indirectly) in bullying will be highlighted. The measurement, validation, and application of a five-step model of bystander intervention in bullying will be shared. Implications for practice, including the importance of shaping prosocial norms and explicitly teaching the 5-step bystander intervention model and offering multiple intervention options according to individual and situational variables, will be suggested. |
Target Audience: Researchers, educators, mental health professionals (focus on children and adolescents in schools) |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify roles of youth in bullying interactions; (2) describe the five-step bystander intervention model as applied to bullying; (3) discuss the individual and situational variables that predict bystander intervention; (4) identify the implications of the role of bystanders in bullying prevention and intervention. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advancements in Organizational Behavior Management Assessment and Intervention |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency East, Concourse Level, Michigan 1 A-C |
Area: OBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Abigail Blackman (University of Kansas) |
CE Instructor: Abigail Blackman, M.S. |
Abstract: This symposium includes three talks that span basic to applied experimental evaluations of assessments and interventions to foster desired employee behavior. Novak will share findings of an experiment that evaluated the predictive validity of three preference assessment formats for identifying reinforcers for college students completing a computerized work task. The remaining two presentations will summarize findings from applications of organizational behavior management assessments and interventions. Cruz will describe results of an experiment that examined the utility of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist – Safety to identify interventions to improve appropriate employee hand washing within a human service setting. Finally, Wine will present a series of experiments that assessed reinforcement delay, with embedded probabilities, on employee filing behavior. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): preference assessment, reinforcement delay, reinforcer assessment, safety |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts, individuals working within the field of organizational behavior management |
|
A Translational Evaluation of Preference Assessment Formats for Employees |
(Basic Research) |
MATTHEW NOVAK (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: We evaluated the predictive validity of three formats for identifying reinforcers for completing an experimental work task by undergraduate student participants. The computerized task involved a series of transcription and match-to-sample activities. The first format was a Likert-type survey that asked participants how much work they would be willing to do to gain access to each stimulus. The second format asked participants to rank the stimuli according to how much work they would do to earn each stimulus. The third format was a hypothetical work task that asked participants whether they would be willing to complete a given number of work tasks to gain each stimulus. The presented number advanced in a progressive fashion until reaching a break point for each stimulus. Using a multielement design we then assessed the reinforcing efficacy of the stimuli at a low, fixed response requirement. Finally, participants had the opportunity to work for each stimulus under a progressive ratio schedule in a multielement design. Although data collection is ongoing, pilot data indicate high correspondence between each preference assessment format and high correspondence between preference assessment outcomes and reinforcer assessment work rates. |
|
Further Evaluation of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Safety |
(Applied Research) |
NELMAR JACINTO CRUZ (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Curtis Phillabaum (Florida Institute of Technology), Rachel Thomas (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: We evaluated the utility of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist- Saftey (PDC-Safety) (Martinez-Onstott, Wilder, & Sigurdsson, 2016) by comparing the effectiveness of a PDC-Safety indicated intervention with a PDC-Safety non-indicated intervention. The interventions targeted participants’ hand washing behavior at a clinic serving children with intellectual disabilities. Failure to wash hands at appropriate times could pose health risks to both behavior technicians and clients, so efforts should be made to increase the likelihood of hand washing. Based on the results of the PDC-Safety, a lack of antecedents was the variable contributing to unsafe performance. The indicated intervention, which consisted of a prompt, was effective to increases safe performance, although two of three participants required additional intervention components. The non-indicated intervention, which consisted of increased access to materials, was ineffective. Results are discussed in terms of the utility of the tool to identify effective interventions to increase safe performance in a variety of settings. |
|
An Examination of Reward Delay and Probability in Employees |
(Applied Research) |
BYRON J. WINE (The Faison Center & Florida Institute of Technology), Ting Bentley (The Faison Center), Adam Thornton Brewer (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: The effects of delay to delivery of earned rewards were evaluated in program support employees. During study 1, an immediate reward delivery condition was implemented. During study 2, employees were exposed to increasing delays to reward delivery. Employees continued to respond at high levels up to a 32-day delay. Study 3 held the 32-day delay constant but also evaluated three different probabilities of receiving the rewards: 1.0, .5, and .1. Employees continued to respond during delays but decreased responding when the probability of receiving the rewards decreased. |
|
|
|
|
|
Does Behavior Analysis Have a Metaphysical Crisis? |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Lucerne 1/2 |
Area: PCH/EAB; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Marcus Jackson Marr (Georgia Tech) |
Discussant: William M. Baum (University of California, Davis) |
CE Instructor: Julian C. Leslie, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Scientists are reluctant to discuss metaphysics, preferring to apply the methods typical of their disciplines to questions of current interest. However, a natural science of human behavior raises special problems in that it treats objectively topics which the wider community treats subjectively. Furthermore, the recent debate about the status of private events in the experimental analysis of behaviour is about the presuppositions of the science, and thus its metaphysics, rather than about specific findings. Arguably, we have been using a "Skinnerian metaphysics" without regularly examining it in detail or considering whether there are alternatives that are consistent with the most fundamental precepts of the experimental analysis of behavior. Leslie's paper will identify those fundamental precepts and argue that the core ideas consist only of "antirepresentationalism" and a commitment to behavior principles that relate environmental regularities to systematic behavior change. These embrace a wider range of behavioral phenomena than currently without reducing empirical rigor. Clavijo Alvarez’s paper will scrutinize the ontological assumptions and differences in the debates on privacy, realism versus an anti-realist perspective, and mechanism versus contextualism, and recommend the neutral monism of Russell and others as an ontology that may be acceptable to the whole behavior analysis community. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): metaphysics, monism, private events |
Target Audience: This symposium reviews fundamental issues that should be considered by all behavior analyts at or above masters level, including practitioners. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify basic tenets of behavior analysis; (2) identify the roles of some major Western philosphers in defining the metaphysics of science; (3) describe at least two accounts of the role of private events in behavior analysis |
|
Metaphysics and the Basic Tenets of Behavior Analysis |
JULIAN C. LESLIE (Ulster University) |
Abstract: Metaphysics is the study of that which is known a priori, and what can be deduced from what is so known. There is a strong Western philosophical tradition of naturalism and realism. David Hume claimed that we cannot help believing in the existence of bodies and other people, and in inductive inference, and that these beliefs come from “nature” not “reason”; reason thus operates within bounds which are already set. These Humean principles are embedded in the metaphysics of science and thus have been imported into behaviour analysis. However, Rorty suggests that these are not necessary truths but conventions of that philosophical tradition. Alternatively, we can adopt some metaphysical assumptions that are closer to direct perception and do not entail the familiar problems of dualism. Additionally, we have been constrained by some assumptions made by Skinner about the operant conditioning process which again are not necessary and may need to be discarded. Revising our metaphysical and theoretical assumptions, while retaining core principles which define behavior analysis, may enable us not only to resolve debates about private events, but also allow us to provide accounts of a range of interesting findings on animal cognition which otherwise pose problems for behavior analysis. |
|
Neutral Monism as an Ontology for Behavior Analysis? Might Be... |
ALVARO A. CLAVIJO ALVAREZ ALVAREZ (Universidad Nacional de Colombia) |
Abstract: Some of the arguments used by members of the Behavior Analysis community indicate that their ontological assumptions differ. Sometimes the divergence is subtle as, for example, in the controversy around the notion of privacy and its role in explaining behavior. Privacy was the way in which Skinner and the radical behaviorists dealt with subjectivity. They were committed, however, to a particular ontology. Others, by starting from different ontological assumptions, necessarily have a different stance on the subject of privacy. In other cases, the controversy has been openly about ontological concerns, as in the dispute between those with a realistic view versus those with an anti-realist perspective, or between those who support a mechanistic approach versus those who support a contextual one. Nonetheless, Radical Behaviorists and Behavior Analysts do share beliefs including a certain degree of environmental determinism, the importance of behavior as the relevant data and, broadly, rejection of mentalism. Some of the main postulates of neutral monism, the ontology of Mach, James, and Russell, could offer ontological assumptions that can eventually be shared by most members of the Behavior Analysis community. This presentation examines these assumptions and their possible implications for a behavioral interpretation of behavior. |
|
|
|
|
|
Common Mistakes Behavior Analysts Make When Working in Schools (and What to Do Instead) |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom EF |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Jennifer Austin, Ph.D. |
Chair: Bobby Newman (Proud Moments) |
JENNIFER AUSTIN (University of South Wales) |
 Jennifer L. Austin, Ph.D., BCBA-D has been applying the science of behavior analysis to improve outcomes for children and their teachers for over 20 years. Both her research and clinical work focus on how behavior analytic assessment and intervention strategies can be applied with typically developing children, as well as examining what adaptations may be necessary for making our science “work” in mainstream classrooms. She has worked with numerous schools in the US and the UK, focusing primarily on those in disadvantaged communities. Dr. Austin received her PhD from the Florida State University and currently serves as Professor of Psychology and Head of Behavior Analysis at the University of South Wales. Prior to moving to the United Kingdom, Dr. Austin served as faculty at the University of South Florida, California State University, Fresno and the University of Houston, Clear Lake. She is the President of the UK Society for Behaviour Analysis and a former Associate Editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and Behavior Analysis in Practice. |
Abstract: Current statistics regarding problem behavior and academic attainment confirm that schools need behavior analysts more than ever. However, many schools that could benefit from our services do not know we exist (or have misconceptions about what we do). Further, our enthusiasm for helping schools enact meaningful changes in student and teacher behavior may cause us to miss some important contingencies that might impact our effectiveness as behavioral consultants. Drawing on work conducted at the University of South Wales, this presentation will identify some tips for “opening the school doors” for behavior analysis. It also will identify some common mistakes that behavior analysts make in schools, including such areas as functional assessment strategies, intervention planning and approach, and data collection. Importantly, it will provide some potential solutions to these problems, as well as identifying some interpersonal skills that might be useful in improving our efficacy in both mainstream and special education settings. |
Target Audience: Behavior analytic practitioners working in schools (particularly early career behavior analysts) |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify common mistakes that behavior analysts might make when working in schools, including mistakes related to assessment, intervention, and data collection; (2) describe some solutions to common mistakes; (3) identify interpersonal skills that may affect school personnel’s willingness to use behavior analytic strategies; (4) describe some strategies for gaining entry to schools that could benefit from behavior analytic consultation. |
|
|
|
|
|
SQAB Tutorial: Using Genetically Modified Organisms to Probe Neurobiological Bases of Behavior |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich D |
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research |
PSY/BACB/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Paul Soto, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jesse Dallery (University of Florida) |
Presenting Authors: : PAUL SOTO (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: This tutorial will provide a general introduction to some technologies available for manipulating gene expression in mice. Technologies for manipulating gene expression can be used to investigate the neurobiological contributors to behavior. Results obtained from studies in dopamine receptor knockout mice on the role of dopamine receptors in food’s reinforcing efficacy will be used as an example of use of a global knockout approach. Results obtained from studies in Alzheimer’s transgenic APPswe/PS1dE9 mice on the role of beta amyloid in cognitive decline will be used as an example of a transgene approach. Additionally, the tutorial will discuss emerging technologies that allow precise control over the timing and location of modification of genetic expression. These emerging technologies allow behavioral researchers to investigate the role of neurobiological variables on behavior from a developmental perspective and to address questions regarding the role of particular brain regions in behavior. Genetically modified organisms provide a promising avenue for fruitful collaborations between behavior analysts and geneticists, neuroscientists, and scientists in other complementary areas. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) distinguish genetic knockout and transgene manipulations; (2) describe emerging technologies for regionally and temporally selective manipulations of gene expression; (3) describe the impact of dopamine receptor deletion on reinforcer efficacy; and (4) describe the impact of transgene-mediated build-up of beta amyloid on delayed matching-to-position and 3-choice serial reaction time task performances. |
|
PAUL SOTO (Louisiana State University) |
Dr. Soto completed graduate training in psychology at Emory University and postdoctoral training in behavioral pharmacology at the National Institute on Drug Abuse and the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. Prior to accepting a position at LSU in 2017, Dr. Soto held tenure-track appointments in the School of Medicine at Johns Hopkins University and Texas Tech University. Dr. Soto’s research interests are in (1) the use of laboratory animal models of psychiatric diseases and symptoms for the evaluation of potential therapeutic approaches, (2) the use of drugs and genetically engineered animals to identify the neurobiological contributors to basic and complex behavioral processes, and (3) the investigation of short- and long-term effects of exposure to psychiatric medications. Some of Dr. Soto’s research has involved the investigation of the role of dopamine D2-like receptors in learning and memory and the long-term effects of early-life exposure to ADHD stimulant medications and antipsychotic medications, both of which are frequently prescribed in children. Dr. Soto’s research has been published in many journals including high impact journals such as Neuropsychopharmacology and Psychopharmacology. Additionally, Dr. Soto recently completed a four-year appointment as an Associate Editor for the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. Finally, Dr. Soto is currently managing the final year of an NIH R15 project to investigate the longitudinal profile of cognitive decline in Alzheimer’s disease transgenic mice. |
|
|
|
|
|
Current Practices in Online Education for Teaching Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Fairmont, Second Level, International Ballroom |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Cheryl J. Davis, Ph.D. |
Chair: Julianne Lasley (Capella University ) |
CHERYL J. DAVIS (7 Dimensions Consulting; SupervisorABA) |
DANA R. REINECKE (Capella University) |
NOELLE NEAULT (Simmons College) |
Abstract: At the university-level, online instruction in behavior analysis is achieved using a variety of pedagogical tactics. Examples of these tactics include different methods to deliver content, ways to facilitate learner engagement, and approaches to effective feedback application. In addition to written formats, instructional content may be delivered using either or both live and recorded lectures, with or without active student responding. Asynchronous discussion boards may be used in a variety of formats to facilitate learner engagement, including large and small group contact, embedded video, and written contributions. Instructor or peer feedback may be delivered in different ways, including audio, video and written formats. Presenters in this panel are experienced online educators who have used and evaluated all of these varied practices in past and current coursework. Each panelist will discuss one of the practices and offer an assessment of the advantages and disadvantages of each practice based on professional experience. Panelists will take questions from the audience and the moderator. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: The target audience is faculty in higher education programs teaching behavior analysis or related content. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the panel, participants will be able to:
(1) describe ways to establish an effective online teaching presence, and to deliver effective feedback;
(2) describe ways to incorporate evidence-based practices into online learning formats;
(3) describe strategies to increase active student responding in online classrooms;
(4) describe strategies to facilitate learner engagement in online communities. |
Keyword(s): asynchronous instruction, online instruction, synchronous instruction, TBA |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis and Open Educational Resources |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM |
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Rouge |
Area: TBA; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Veronica J. Howard, Ph.D. |
Chair: Cassandra Anderson (University of Alaska Anchorage) |
MAGGIE PAVONE (Lindenwood University) |
RYAN SAIN (Northwest Autism Center) |
VERONICA J. HOWARD (University of Alaska Anchorage) |
Abstract: Open educational resources (OERs) are educational materials that can be freely downloaded, edited, and shared to better serve all students. (SPARC, 2017). OERs can help disseminate behavior analysis to a wider audience without the barriers of university or program enrollment. While open resources are used widely for high-enrollment undergraduate general education courses, few if any resources exist that accurately portray behavior analysis. This creates a pragmatic barrier to student education and may pose a challenge when related fields (i.e., psychology) attempt to represent our science. This panel will:
Demonstrate how to locate OERs that may be useful in education, practice, and professional development.
Describe the types of OERs currently available that are related to behavior analysis.
Discuss the contingencies that maintain (or fail to maintain) the production of ABA-related OERs.
Introduce a new professional resource group to encourage collaboration on new OERs and assist interested BCBAs in locating quality OERs. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Behavior analytic educators and supervisors |
Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to describe what open educational resources (OER) are and where to find them.
Participants will be able to describe the contingencies shaping OER creators and benefits for OER users. |
Keyword(s): Dissemination, OER, Open Access, Open-Ed Resources |
|
|
|
|
|
Supporting Social Interactions for Children With Developmental Disabilities and Their Peers |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom A |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Tracy Jane Raulston (Penn State) |
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos) |
CE Instructor: Tracy Jane Raulston, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and other developmental disabilities are likely to experience difficulties socially interacting with their peers during natural routines, including play times at school or home. Additionally, children with developmental disabilities may have difficulty forming friendships or report lower quality of friendships as well as increased loneliness, peer rejection, or bullying. Social behavior and social play are important areas of child development and may require explicit intervention procedures and supports. This symposium is comprised of four presentations of original datasets. Each study evaluated an intervention to increase social skills between children with ASD or other developmental disabilities and their typically-developing peers. The interventions targeted social skills including responding to peer bids for joint attention, taking turns during imaginary play activities, recess skills, and taking game turns during playdates. Intervention components consisted of environmental arrangement, prompting, reinforcement, use of video scene displays in an augmentative and alternative communication device (AAC), and direct instruction (DI). Key takeaways are that children and their peers may require systematic teaching procedures in natural environments in order to fully benefit during social routines. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): "play interventions", "social skills", "young children" |
Target Audience: This event is appropriate for practitioners and researchers working in classrooms or homes of children with developmental disabilities. |
|
Peer Mediated Early Social Skill Intervention in an Inclusive Preschool Classroom |
SARAH GRACE HANSEN (Georgia State University), Amarie Carnett (University of Texas at San Antonio), Megan Mowbray (Georgia State), Christopher A. Tullis (Georgia State University) |
Abstract: Joint attention, or shared attention of two individuals on an object or event, is a pivotal social communication skill that develops in most children before their second birthday. Response to (i.e., following someone’s point) and initiation of (i.e., pointing out an object or event) joint attention are considered pivotal skills for later social communication skill acquisition. Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) may not develop these skills without targeted intervention, and may not demonstrate mastery of these skills even by preschool. For this reason, involving peers in intervention on these skills may allow for greater support in the natural environment. The current study extends findings of a peer mediated joint attention intervention targeting response to joint attention skill in preschool settings using peer training and interventionist mediated priming sessions. Results indicated peer bids and target child responses both increased following intervention. The current study extended the work of Hansen and colleagues by implementing the intervention in inclusive preschool classrooms, teaching both initiation and response to joint attention skills to the target child, and removing interventionist mediated priming sessions. Results indicated increase in peer bids, target child response, target child bids and subsequent peer response in a multiple baseline design across behaviors embedded in a multiple baseline design across participants. Implications and opportunities for future research are discussed. |
|
Effects of a Mobile App on Communication During Interactive Play in Autism: A Pilot Study |
EMILY LAUBSCHER (Penn State), Janice Light (Penn State), David McNaughton (Penn State) |
Abstract: In early childhood, interactive pretend play with peers provides an important context for development of social communication skills that tend to be challenging for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Children with ASD and limited speech are at risk for exclusion from pretend play due to difficulties with both acquisition of symbolic play behaviors and expressive communication during play; as such, they often miss out on the very play experiences that would allow them to observe and practice the skills they lack. Several existing interventions have successfully targeted both play behaviors and communication during pretend play for children with ASD, but few have provided adequate expressive communication supports for nonverbal children. To address this gap, the current pilot study uses a multiple probe design across activities to examine the effect of an innovative AAC approach, the use of video visual scene displays (video VSDs), on communication and play skills for one child with ASD and limited speech during pretend play with a typically developing peer. Results showed an increase in frequency of communicative turns for the participant with ASD, suggesting that video VSDs may be promising tools for supporting social communication during play for nonverbal children with ASD. |
|
A Direct Instruction Treatment Package Approach to Teaching Playground Rules and Expectations |
SLOAN STORIE (University of Oregon), Allaina Douglas (University of Oregon), Andrew Bulla (Armstrong State University), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: The playground is one of the most unstructured times during the school day (Colvin & Lowe, 1986). Playground time can be especially difficult for students with disabilities due to a lack of social skills and training (Nabors, Willoughby, Leff, & McMenamin, 2001). One approach that teaches skills and concepts to generalize to new situations is direct instruction ([DI] Carnine, 1994). This study used a DI treatment package to examine social skills of students with and without disabilities on the playground. Participants consisted of two typically developing Kindergarteners and a Preschooler with a diagnosis of Cerebral Palsy, and developmental disabilities. The effects of this intervention were examined with two single-subject designs. A withdrawal design was used to determine if a functional relation existed between a DI lesson on “Be Kind” and scheduled feedback on student’s demonstration of inviting their classmates to play and sharing their space and materials. A multiple-baseline design was used to identify if there was a functional relation between the DI lesson “Be On Time” and practice sessions on each student’s demonstration of cleaning up and lining up right away. Although functional relations were not demonstrated, authors identified interesting patterns to consider when implementing the playground treatment package. |
|
Coaching Parents of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder to Embed Social Skills Instruction During Playdates |
TRACY JANE RAULSTON (Penn State), Sarah Grace Hansen (Georgia State University), Rebecca Frantz (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon), Naima Bhana (The Pennsylvania State University) |
Abstract: Children need opportunities to practice social skills outside of school, and a common means for this is through playdates. There are few studies examining methods to teach children with ASD social skills during playdates and have included children with advanced language skills, such as the ability to ask questions to peers. In the current study, we examined a parent-implemented packaged intervention aimed at embedding instruction in early social skills during playdates in the home of the child with ASD. A concurrent multiple-probe across parent-child-peer triads single-case design was employed. Data were collected on parent treatment fidelity and frequency of child and peer mands (e.g., requesting a turn) and child and peer responses to mands (e.g., passing the game die). During the coaching phase, parents were taught the steps of the packaged intervention, which included a social narrative, activity schedule, environmental arrangement, prompting, and reinforcement strategies. Parents were taught to embed social skills instruction within the context of game play. During baseline, low levels of treatment fidelity, child, and peer behaviors were observed for all three triads. Upon implementation of coaching, an immediate increase in level of independent correct steps of treatment fidelity was observed for triads one and two. An immediate increase in level and trend was observed for child behavior and peer behavior for triad one. An immediate increase in level and trend was observed for child behavior and peer responses, with moderate changes observed for peer mands for triad two. A small change in level was observed for parent, child, and peer behaviors in triad three. Due to emergence of child challenging behavior and a decreasing trend in target behaviors for triad three, a procedural modification was employed. Following the procedural modification, an immediate increase in level was observed in parent treatment fidelity, and moderate changes in level for child mands and peer behaviors were observed. This pilot study suggests that training parents of children with ASD to implement evidence-based strategies with their child and a peer may be an effective means to support early social skills, but that child challenging behavior and communication needs may affect outcomes. |
|
|
|
|
|
Responding to the Emotions of Others: Theory, Research, and Practice in Autism Treatment |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom B |
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group) |
Discussant: Martha Pelaez (Florida International University) |
CE Instructor: Jaime DeQuinzio, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The purpose of this symposium is to present theory and research focused on improving the responding of individuals with autism to the emotions of others. To engage in social referencing, empathy, and helping individuals must be able to respond to the verbal and non-verbal emotional displays of others as discriminative stimuli. Individuals with autism display challenges orienting toward and responding to these social stimuli and behavior analytic instruction can be been used to alleviate these deficits. This symposium will begin with a discussion of social referencing from a behavior-analytic framework. The second paper presents a demonstration of the effects of discrimination training on the differential responding to joyful and fearful expressions within social referencing. The third paper will focus on the effects of a teaching package to train empathetic responses by adolescents with autism using socially mediated reinforcers. The fourth paper will present a comparison of group and individual instruction to teach empathy and helping. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): emotions, empathy, helping, social referencing |
Target Audience: BCBAs, BCaBAs |
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will learn a behavioral conceptualization of social referencing 2. Attendees will be able to conceptualize emotions as discriminative stimuli 2. Attendees will learn single case experimental designs for evaluating treatments focused on improving social referencing, empathy, and helping in children with autism 3. Attendees will learn effective procedures for improving social referencing, empathy, and helping |
|
Social Referencing and Joint Attention: Toward a Conceptual Analysis and a Functional Distinction |
PAMELA NICHOLE PETERSON (New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Social referencing is a social response that has been largely discussed in the developmental literature. Behaviorally-defined as a discriminated operant consisting of a chain of responses following the presentation of a novel or ambiguous stimulus, social referencing is lacking in children with autism. Due to the failure of children with autism to demonstrate social referencing, behavior analysts have begun to consider the conditions most suitable to teaching this chain of responses. Effective design of behavior-analytic teaching procedures necessitates a thorough understanding of the relevant behavioral processes and contingencies that maintain social referencing. A behavioral conceptualization of social referencing will be expanded upon and the role of discriminative stimuli and establishing operations in the facilitation of the response chain in typically-developing children will be discussed. Additionally, a functional distinction between social referencing and joint attention, a topographically similar response often considered to be maintained by the same contingencies, will be posited. |
|
Teaching Children With Autism to Respond to Joyful and Fearful Expressions Within Social Referencing |
JAIME DEQUINZIO (Alpine Learning Group), Stephanie Ruch (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime Stine (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: During social referencing, infants as young as 6 months of age look to others when confronted with unfamiliar or unexpected events in the environment as a means of determining how to respond to such events. Typically, approach or avoidance responses are learned by responding to positive and negative affective cues of the parent or caregiver (e.g., smiling and frowning). Unfortunately, social referencing repertoires are limited, delayed, or completely lacking in children with autism. Despite these documented social deficits, to date there has been only one published study that has focused on ameliorating social referencing deficits in children with autism. In this study we used a multiple baseline design across three participants to determine the effects of discrimination training, verbal instructions, and manual guidance on the differential responding of children with autism to fearful and joyful expressions. All three participants learned to discriminate the expressions presented within the context of social referencing but generalization to others was limited. A discussion of social referencing and future directions for research will be presented. |
|
Using a Three Component Generalization Strategy to Teach Empathy to Adolescents With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
VICTORIA BARBUTO (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Danielle L. Gureghian (Garden Academy), Alexandra O'Grady (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated that children and adolescents who show empathy and towards others are likely to increase their opportunities for future interactions with peers and family members. This study extended the work of Garcia-Albea, Reeve, Reeve, Kisamore, LeBlanc, and Brothers (2015) to teach empathetic responses to four adolescent males with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). A treatment package consisting of video modeling, audio and manual prompts, behavior rehearsals, and socially mediated consequences was used to teach empathy. It further programed for generalization using a three-component generalization strategy (i.e., general-case analysis, multiple-exemplar training, and experimenter-defined categories). Each empathy category was comprised of nine compound discriminative stimuli, that programmed for generalization from trained to novel compound discriminative stimuli. A multiple probe across participants design was used to assess the effectiveness of the treatment package and the degree of empathetic response acquisition across participants.The results indicated the effectiveness of the treatment package and empathetic responses maintained in the absence of the treatment package. Further, the skill generalized from trained to novel compound discriminative stimuli and from untrained to a novel empathy category. |
|
Comparing Group and Individual Instruction to Teach Empathy and Helping Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
MELISSA ANDREACIO (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Anjalee Nirgudkar (Behavior Analysts of NJ, LLC) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) have deficits in language and social skills that make it difficult to learn to initiate and respond to others. Individual and group instruction have been used to teach different social behaviors but confounds have been noted in the research in how skills have been assessed. A two by two factorial design was used to compare group and individual instruction to determine which form of instruction was more effective to teach eight children with ASD empathy and helping skills. Four of the participants were taught empathy and helping with group instruction and the other four were taught empathy and helping with individual instruction. Video models were presented either individually or in a group, questions were posed to participants, and in-vivo assessment trials were conducted individually in separate rooms. Generalization probes were conducted using a novel empathy and helping scenario and maintenance data was collected one week, two weeks, and four weeks after the completion of the intervention. All participants learned helping and empathy skills, generalized these skills to novel situations, and maintained them, however, no differences was found between group or individual instruction. |
|
|
|
|
|
Comparing Procedural Variables in Skill Acquisition Arrangements for Children With Autism |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom C |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children; Western New England University) |
Discussant: Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Karen A. Toussaint, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior-analytic teaching procedures have been shown to be effective in promoting the acquisition of important skills in children with autism. Research that specifies the critical features upon which this success depends may lead to refinements in our instructional design, and improvements in outcomes for the children we serve. This symposium consists of four studies that compare procedural variables in skill acquisition arrangements for children with autism. These procedural variables include the within-trial sequence of sample and comparison stimulus presentation, the within-session timing of an opportunity for the learner to choose a reinforcer, and the criteria for introducing multiple exemplars and initiating differential reinforcement of unprompted and prompted correct responses. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): autism, remediation, skill acquisition, teaching procedures |
Target Audience: Researchers and practitioners who evaluate or implement instructional programs to children with autism or intellectual disabilities. |
Learning Objectives: If asked to do so following this presentation attendees will: 1. Identify the stimuli presented in a matching-to-sample trial, distinguishing between sample and comparison stimuli. 2. Describe multiple-exemplar teaching as a strategy for promoting generalization of skills. 3. Define differential reinforcement and describe how this is applied in the context of promoting independent responding. |
|
A Comparison of Presenting the Sample or Comparisons First During Audio-Visual Conditional Discrimination Training for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
COURTNEY LYN MEYERHOFER (Marquette University), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Mike Harman (Briar Cliff University), Miranda May Olsen (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), Gabriella VanDenElzen (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee; University of Nebraska Medical Center), Dayna Costello (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), Jessi Reidy (Marquette University) |
Abstract: Auditory-visual conditional discriminations (AVCD) occur when behavior comes under the control of auditory stimuli (e.g., a vocal sample) and a related visual stimulus (e.g., a picture in an array) in the environment. The sequence of procedures in AVCD training may vary; this study evaluated two common sequences by comparing sample- and comparison-first presentation format. A sample-first training format involves the presentation of an auditory sample stimulus before the array of visual stimuli, and a comparison-first format involves the presentation of the array of visual stimuli before the auditory sample stimulus. The study used a multiple probe design across two stimulus sets with an embedded adapted alternating treatments design. Four individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder participated. Results show that all eight comparisons for the sample-first condition were efficacious and seven of the eight comparisons for the comparison-first condition were efficacious. The comparison-first condition was the most efficient procedure in four of the eight comparisons. In two of the comparisons, both sample- and comparison-first procedures were equally efficient. Implications and future directions will be discussed. |
|
A Comparison of Serial and Concurrent Training With Multiple Exemplars to Teach Propositional Direction-Following to Children With Autism |
TERESA LING (New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Chata A. Dickson (New England Center for Children; Western New England University) |
Abstract: Multiple exemplar teaching (MET) has been shown to improve the likelihood that a learned response will occur in situations that are different from the training environment. The purpose of this study was to compare effects of two methods for programming MET: serial and concurrent training. Two young men with autism spectrum disorder were taught to follow prepositional spoken directives using serial and concurrent presentation of multiple exemplars. Trials to mastery and generalization to untrained, natural environment locations were evaluated using each method. One participant met mastery criteria more quickly using concurrent training. Both training methods resulted in generalization to untrained, natural environment locations for both participants. |
|
Reinforcer Choice as an Antecedent Versus Consequence During Acquisition Tasks for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
RAFAELLA GASHI (Garden Academy), Danielle L. Gureghian (Garden Academy), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Alexandra Marie Campanaro (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Providing choice of reinforcers has shown to be an effective and efficient strategy to increase skill acquisition (Toussaint, Kodak, & Vladescu, 2016). However, less is known about the differential effectiveness and efficiency of providing choices before or after task responding. We sought to replicate and extend Peterson, Lerman, and Nissen (2016) by evaluating reinforcer choice using auditory-visual conditional discrimination acquisition targets with three children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. We assigned three unknown targets to each condition and taught the targets using a constant prompt delay with a gesture prompt. During the antecedent condition, participants selected the putative reinforcer prior to earning tokens. During the consequence condition, participants selected the reinforcer following earning tokens. Antecedent and consequence choice responding was evaluating using an adapted alternating treatment design embedded within a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design Results showed acquisition of targets across both the antecedent and consequence condition for two of three participants. However, consequence choice condition appeared to be more efficient for all three participants. These data provide preliminary support that providing choice prior to task responding, a commonly used strategy with children with autism spectrum disorder, may not result in the most efficient responding. |
|
Comparing Skill Acquisition Under Varying Onsets of Differential Reinforcement |
ALEXANDRA MARIE CAMPANARO (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Kasey Clark Nippes (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated that differential reinforcement may increase instructional efficiency relative to nondifferential reinforcement. However, little research has directly evaluated when during instruction to begin differentially reinforcing unprompted and prompted correct responses. The current study evaluated the effect of implementing differential reinforcement at different times relative to the onset of teaching new skills to three learners with autism spectrum disorder. Specifically, we first determined the most effective differential reinforcement arrangement for each participant. Next, we evaluated the efficacy and efficiency of differential reinforcement from the immediate onset, early onset, or late onset. The results indicated that across participants, the immediate onset of differential reinforcement resulted in the most efficient instruction in six of seven comparisons. These outcomes will be discussed in light of previous research and recommendations for future research. |
|
|
|
|
|
Removing Barriers to Managing Diabetes With Cognitive Impairment |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 3/4 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Elise Pearl (Eastern Michigan University) |
Discussant: Rebecca A Sharp (Bangor University) |
CE Instructor: Rebecca A Sharp, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Cognitive impairment and type 2 diabetes often co-occur: individuals with neurodevelopmental disorders are 1.5 to 2.7 times more likely to have diabetes than the general population, and there is a 1.5- to 2-fold increased risk that older adults with diabetes will develop a major neurocognitive disorder, such as vascular dementia. Adults with cognitive impairment and diabetes tend to receive substandard diabetes care, putting them at increased risk of complications and hospitalization. Consequently, approximately 33% and 9-17% of individuals with type 2 diabetes and cognitive impairment experience episodes of hyper or hypoglycemia, respectively. Problematic glycemic control associated with poorly managed type 2 diabetes can function as an antecedent, contributing to increased frequencies of behavioral problems when neurodevelopmental or neurocognitive disorders are also present. This symposium will present a behavior analytic approach to diabetes management, including a structured task analysis, and discuss barriers and facilitators to diabetes management, particularly the role of specific cognitive deficits, family care partner behavior, and the structure of food environments. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): care partners, cognitive impairment, diabetes management, task analysis |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts working with children or adults, particularly those with impaired cognition and comorbid medical concerns. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to 1. identify tasks required to manage diabetes and how these may be affected by impaired cognition; 2. contextualize difficulty structuring supportive food environments and consider intervention strategies; 3. conceptualize facilitators and barriers to care partner management of comorbid diabetes and cognitive impairment. |
|
Task Analysis of Type 2 Diabetes Management |
LINDSEY BUNIO (Eastern Michigan University), Kayla Rinna (Eastern Michigan), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts can prevent adverse events and contribute to the quality of service delivery for adults with type 2 diabetes and impaired cognition by enhancing adherence to treatment regimens. When a client has diabetes, a behavior analysis includes assessment of and intervention on the chain of behaviors required to effectively manage blood sugar levels, including systematic monitoring and medication administration. This presentation introduces the development and the implementation of a task analysis that clarifies areas of skill breakdown and suggests interventions at each relevant step. This task analysis can be modified based on the type of medication (e.g., insulin vs. oral tablets), and it can assess potential breakdowns within the complex sequence related to various elements, such as specific devices and tracking methods. Behavior analysts will be able to distinguish specific components of the process that the client may self-manage from those components that may require additional support or assistance for completion. Also discussed will be steps to train family care partners to provide the additional support. |
|
Integrating Neuropsychological Test Data With Behavioral Analytic Conceptualization |
REBECCA CAMPBELL (Wayne State University), John Woodard (Wayne State University) |
Abstract: Managing type 2 diabetes entails significant patient involvement to perform many daily self-care tasks, such as monitoring blood glucose, taking medications, and maintaining a diabetic diet. Chronic and poorly managed type 2 diabetes -- with frequent episodes of hyper- and hypoglycemia -- often is accompanied by functional decline, including changes in sensory acuity due to diabetic retinopathy and executive functioning, i.e., initiating complex actions, organizing, and planning. Decreased motor skills and difficulties learning, attending, or remembering may also occur. These types of changes further diminish individuals’ ability to direct and engage effectively in their diabetes care. Available neuropsychological testing data can supplement a task analysis and provide further useful information about the types of difficulties that may interfere with tasks necessary to self-management of diabetes. Common neuropsychological changes in type 2 diabetes will be discussed, along with the specific instruments used to measure these changes, and their potential impact on behavioral intervention strategies. When possible, neuropsychological testing should be integrated with behavioral analytic case conceptualizations, to facilitate intervention planning. |
|
Food Environments and Glycemic Control: Education and Behavior Analytic Intervention |
Kate Krautbauer (Eastern Michigan University), ELISE PEARL (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Eating well is critical to health for all people, and this may be particularly true for individuals with type 2 diabetes. Given the relevance of behavioral economics and discounting to everyday food choices and obesity as a general public health problem, impaired cognition -- accompanied by decreased influence of larger later outcomes over behavior -- presents unique challenges when arranging or structuring a food environment to support adherence to diabetes management. Extremes of blood sugar - both high (hyperglycemia) and low (hypoglycemia) - have been associated with accelerated functional decline and behavioral disturbances. Hyperglycemia has been linked to the development of physical impairment and increased risk for delirium or psychosis. Hypoglycemia has been associated with increased difficulty tracking contingencies over time, impairment in immediate and delayed stimulus control, decrements in motor control and gait, and break down of behavioral chains. The impact of glycemic control on the functional status and behavior of those with comorbid diabetes and cognitive impairment will be reviewed. Contingency management interventions designed to increase the likelihood of glycemic control by targeting the food environment will be suggested. |
|
Care Partners’ Role in Managing Diabetes and Cognitive Impairment |
Jennifer Battles (Eastern Michigan University), Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University), KAYLA RINNA (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Effectively managing diabetes in the presence of cognitive limitations poses a significant challenge for healthcare providers, advocates, and families. Many adults with diabetes and impaired cognition have informal care partners -- family members or friends -- who assist with or complete instrumental activities of daily living, such as cooking or medication administration. Data from public health surveys indicate that long-term demands of informal caregiving for spouses or family members with cognitive impairment correlate with care partner health problems and functional decline. For this reason, there have been national initiatives to support care partners by providing education and skills. Despite these initiatives, many informal care partners do not receive proper training to assist individuals with cognitive impairment with diabetes management. Thus, care partners may misattribute behavioral changes associated with poor glycemic control to the neurodevelopmental or neurodegenerative disorder. Notably, evidence suggests that healthcare providers may make similar attributional errors. The current paper will review the facilitators and barriers to diabetes management within families and health systems, introduce functional analytic case diagrams to illustrate the reciprocal relationship between blood glucose control and external social/family factors, and suggest points of intervention for behavior analysts. Future research directions will also be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Emerging Trends in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 1/2 |
Area: CBM/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Dex West (Saint Louis University) |
Discussant: Adam DeLine Hahs (Arizona State University) |
CE Instructor: Adam DeLine Hahs, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The current symposium seeks to showcase emerging new trends in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) approaches and conceptualization refinement of identified mechanisms of change. Each paper provides a unique approach to using ACT, and explicit targeting of psychological flexibility. Psychological flexibility is a central mechanism for all ACT techniques, one that focuses on changing behavior in accordance with all stimuli and valued-based contingencies. The first paper will showcase emerging evidence in the validity of the Children’s Psychological Flexibility Questionnaire (CPFQ) with currently available psychometric's for children. The second paper explores the utility of ACT on children’s responses to a continues performance task (CPT-X). The third paper evaluates the relationship between derived relational responding and psychological flexibility, as measured with the CPFQ, with children with autism. Finally, the fourth paper explored the effects of an ACT body image self-help book on psychological flexibility and body-image avoidance behavior with participants with maladaptive body-image coping strategies. Attendees will gain first hand knowledge about new psychometric tools useful for measuring psychological flexibility, as well as new ACT intervention strategies. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): ACT, derived relations, psychological flexibility |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts and assistant level certified behavior analysts. |
Learning Objectives: At the end of the symposium, attendees will:
1. Identify useful psychometric surveys to use to measure psychological flexibility
2. Define mechanisms of change for psychological flexibility
3. Identify emerging trends in ACT research for behavior analysts
4. Label measures and measurement systems for ACT intervention strategies |
|
Assessing Psychological Flexibility With Children: Current Measures and Future Directions |
(Applied Research) |
DANA PALILIUNAS (Missouri State University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Psychological flexibility is a central mechanism of change for therapeutic techniques that emphasize the relationship between human language and psychological suffering. Psychological flexibility can be described as persistence with or changing of behavior, in accordance with values-based contingencies, while contacting all stimuli, both public and private, in the present environment (e.g. Bond, Hayes, & Barnes-Holmes, 2006). In the context of Acceptance Commitment Therapy or Training, interventions are designed to increase this flexibility among individuals, including children with behavioral needs, and methods of assessment are necessary to examine the effects of such treatments. First, we examine the relationship between self-reports of psychological flexibility and language ability for a sample of children with and without autism and discuss the implications of this data in terms of treatment. Then, we explore psychological flexibility assessment measures currently available specifically for children, and relationship of these, such as the Children’s Psychological Flexibility Questionnaire, to other common measures of child behavior. Finally, we conclude with a discussion of possible future directions in the assessment of children’s psychological flexibility. |
|
Use of an Acceptance and Commitment Training Curriculum to Target Psychological Flexibility, Attention, and Behavior Management |
(Applied Research) |
MARY RACHEL ENOCH (Antioch University New England) |
Abstract: Acceptance and Commitment Training is an intervention that integrates mindfulness and acceptance with behavior change processes. Study one had 40 participants aged 6-12 years old. The study sought to demonstrate whether ACT activities increased particular attention processes. ACT participants (M = 5.4, SD = 9.8) showed fewer inaccuracies on the CPT-X task compared to the control group (M = 19.75, SD = 16.1) at posttest F (1, 38) = 11.49, p = .02, ηp² = .232. Study two had a total of 30 participants aged 7-12 years old. The study sought to determine if ACT camp increased psychological flexibility among the participants in the experimental group. The results of the AFQ-Y suggest there was significant difference in psychological flexibility between the experimental group (M=17.13, SD= 2.64) compared to the control group (M=27.4, SD=2.64) at posttest F (1, 28) = 7.53, p= .01, ηp²= .212. The third study is currently being conducted and includes 14 after school sites each with 60 participants. Staff were trained on an ACT curriculum and receive weekly coaching from a BCBA. Data is being collected on rates of problem behavior to determine if an ACT curriculum is effective in the afterschool setting to reduce rates of problem behavior. |
|
Evaluating the Relationship Between Derived Relational Responding and the Children's Psychological Flexibility Questionnaire in Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
(Basic Research) |
JESSICA M HINMAN (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Danielle Hilkey (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Becky Barron (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The current investigation evaluated the relationship between complex Derived Relational Responding and psychological flexibility in individuals of various ages diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) or a related developmental disability. The Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge (PEAK) Relational Training System Transformation pre-assessment was used to measure Derived Relational Responding while psychological flexibility was measured using the Children’s Psychological Flexibility Questionnaire (CPFQ) which was reported by participants themselves and their caregivers. As data collection is still in the early stages and complete statistical analyses cannot yet be conducted, preliminary data suggests a relationship between the PEAK-T and CPFQ: Child and CPFQ: Caregiver assessments. Specifically, with a strong relationship between the PEAK-T and CPFQ: Caregiver assessment. These findings suggest that increased derived relational responding likely results in improved psychological flexibility as reported by the child and their caregiver which suggests a clinical utility in improving relational responding in individuals with ASD. |
|
An Evaluation of an Acceptance and Commitment Therapy-Based Self-Help Intervention for Body Image Inflexibility |
(Basic Research) |
JADE CAMPBELL (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Body image involves the experience of one’s body, and body image disturbance occurs when one’s experience of body image is particularly painful and disruptive to daily living. Body image flexibility seems to be an important component for reducing body image disturbance. In recent years, there has been an increase in the interest of using self-help manuals as an alternative to interpersonal therapy for treating body image disturbance. The presented study aimed to help individuals struggling with their body image utilizing a self-help book based in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy. Participants who reported body image disturbance during prescreen evaluations were invited to partake in an eight-week self-help program designed to increase body-image flexibility and reduce maladaptive body-image coping strategies. Changes in target behaviors were assessed via self-report data collected online at five different intervals: 1) prescreening (baseline); 2) midway through the readings (week 4); 3) upon completion of the readings (week 8); 4) 4-week follow-up (week 12); 5) 16-week follow-up (week 24). In general, participants exhibited improvements in body-image flexibility and reductions in body-image avoidance behavior over the course of treatment and beyond. Individual-level outcomes will be presented in detail and further implications discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Way Forward: Behavior Analysis and the Contingencies of Inclusion |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Fairmont, B2, Imperial Ballroom |
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Vivian Mach (Morningside Academy) |
Discussant: Adam Hockman (The Mechner Foundation) |
CE Instructor: Joanne K. Robbins, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysts are in the unique position to build bridges that cross cultures and to respect diversity in meaningful measurable ways. We can reach across professions, across disciplines, and across age groups to address patterns that harm any population. We can translate procedures from other fields, and design and sequence measurable objectives without relying on psychological constructs. This symposium will share an analysis and solutions for challenges that arise from exclusionary cultural diversity practices and the great need to provide diversity training. Behavior analysts can contribute to policy and practices that affect the LGBTQ community. We discuss the need to develop culturally competent assessment and treatment interventions for those diagnosed on the autism spectrum. We examine the current and historical make up of the leadership in our own international organization. The constructional approach is presented to help define and facilitate how behavior analysis can move us forward in addressing these issues. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): bias, constructional approach, cultural diversity, discrimination |
Target Audience: College professors BCBA practitioners |
Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to name three free or low cost resources that are available for teaching adults and youth about LGBTQ needs. Participants will be able to state two examples of differences between the etiology of autism in different cultures. Participants will be able to state which emotion is a by-product of the distancing contingency. |
|
Cross-Cultural Implementation of Applied Behavior Analysis for Treating Individuals Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
(Service Delivery) |
STACEE LEATHERMAN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), James C. Moore (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Ileana Torres (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Robyn M. Catagnus (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: The worldwide impact of autism creates a need to develop culturally competent assessment and treatment interventions that can be implemented in a variety of cultures. The literature on interventions for autism spectrum disorder (ASD) has identified behavioral interventions as being very effective in Western cultures. However, there is little research about behavioral interventions in non-Western cultures. Culture can affect a person’s beliefs about the cause or origin of ASD, which types of treatment the person seeks, and the goals/outcomes the person expects. Western ABA providers working with individuals with ASD from diverse cultures need to develop and maintain multicultural competencies to better understand the needs of the people with whom they work and to be able to modify interventions to be more effective in non-Western cultures. This paper discusses the impact of culture on the diagnosis and treatment of ASD, barriers to accessing ASD treatment services in non-Western cultures, the existing research gap regarding the cross-cultural implementation of ABA, current ABA efforts to address diversity issues in the field, and recommendations for future research. |
|
Free and Appropriate Education for All: LGBTQ Youth and Inclusive Schools |
(Service Delivery) |
SEAN MICHAEL WILL (PEER International; Denton ISD) |
Abstract: Inclusive practices for students, teachers, and families help create an inviting school culture. All families need to experience a safe and welcoming environment. Stereotypes of gender may limit life experiences, limit access to meaningful consequences, and limit available alternatives. In 2016, the first-ever national survey was administered to parse high school students by sexuality. The two new questions added to the U.S. Centers for Disease Control survey asked students about (1) their sexual orientation and (2) the gender of their partners. These data show that 1.3 million teens, about 8% of all high school students in America, report being lesbian, gay, or bisexual. This presentation will present a behavior analytic approach to define bullying and other social interactions that lead to exclusion. We will share resources that promote inclusion and teach students to create allies, and to recognize the undesirable role of the bystander. Behavior analysis provides us with the framework to design and arrange these complex social contingencies. |
|
Diversity and Representation Within the Field of Behavior Analysis |
(Theory) |
ALFRED TUMINELLO (Touchstone), Dominique Michellee Rougeau (Mental Health Connections of SWLA/Crossing Roads ABA) |
Abstract: As a field, Applied Behavior Analysis is expected to be able to produce socially significant changes in the lives of individuals from diverse social, cultural, and economic backgrounds. While behavior analysts strive to provide the best care to their clients, only minimal support may be available to help behavior analysts develop the skills needed for effectively bridging gaps that exist when providers and clients share little in terms of cultural understanding. This challenge is particularly well illustrated when reviewing the sociocultural backgrounds of those comprising major leadership groups, such as the Behavior Analysis Certification Board and Association for Professional Behavior Analysts, as well as when accounting for the frequency of related presentations at major conferences. Without a concentrated effort to both develop field-wide leaders from diverse communities and promote appropriate diversity and sensitivity training for practitioners, consumers of ABA services may find it difficult to find behavior analysts with whom they can effectively communicate. As our field naturally results in contact with people from all walks of life, it is important for practitioners at every level to have a solid understanding of the issues surrounding diversity within the Association for Behavior Analysis International. |
|
Contingencies of Inclusion and Exclusion: A Constructional Approach to Cultural Diversity |
(Theory) |
JOANNE K. ROBBINS (Morningside Academy; PEER International) |
Abstract: Concepts of freedom and equality have been at the core of the debate on how we should live and treat one another since the inception of this country. Skinner (1971) thought the concepts important enough to devote an entire book to the subject. In that book he argued that radical behaviorism could make a contribution to understanding the key issues framing debates concerning freedom, and could offer ways to help achieve the often elusive goals of equality and the "good" life. The purpose of this paper is to consider an analysis of an issue currently described as cultural diversity; an analysis derived from the principles of contingency analysis. Presented here is the constructional approach as formulated by Goldiamond in an attempt to treat these problems such as bias, prejudice, and discrimination as disturbing patterns that are maintained by their consequences, and viewed as patterns of social or societal behavior that can be rationalized given the available alternatives. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analytic Applications With Preschool Children With and Without Developmental Disabilities |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom D |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Berglind Sveinbjornsdottir (Reykjavik University) |
Discussant: Nicole Heal (Margaret Murphy Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: Nicole Heal, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Although the majority of behavior analytic applications have been carried out with clinical and special needs populations, behavior analytic procedures are also highly applicable with populations without disabilities or diagnoses. In the current symposium, four authors will present research on applications of behavior analysis with preschool children with and without disabilities. First, Kovar will present a study on teaching self-control to typically developing preschool children who demonstrated impulsivity. Second, Halfdanardottir will present a study on the translation and implementation of the preschool life skills (PLS) program with typically developing preschool children in Reykjavik, Iceland. In the third presentation, Glaze will describe a study on the potential aversive properties of a vicarious reinforcement arrangement with preschool children. Finally, Bernstein will describe a study on the assessment and treatment of age-inappropriate self-feeding (finger feeding) with seven young children with intellectual and developmental disabilities. After the presentations, Nicole Heal will provide discussant’s comments. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Feeding, Preschool life-skills, Self-Control, Vicarious reinforcement |
Target Audience: Practitioners and graduate students |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe different mediating responses that improve self-control ; (2) Describe the necessary components in a behavior skills training when teaching new skills to preschool children ; (3) Identify under what conditions vicarious reinforcement conditions could be aversive; (4) Recognize the difference between self-feeding as a motivational problem or as a skill deficit problem |
|
A Procedure to Teach Self-Control to Preschoolers of Typical Development |
Nicole Kovar (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College), Ruth DeBar (Caldwell University), NICOLE PANTANO (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Demonstration of self-control in children has been correlated with attentiveness, academic achievement, and reduced drug use and body mass index later in life. Although some previous studies have demonstrated the effectiveness of teaching mediating responses to increase self-control, normative assessment has not been used to inform the selection of those responses. The purpose of the present study was evaluate the effects of mediating-response training on choices of four typically-developing 3- to 5-year-olds who demonstrated impulsivity. Responses trained were based on a descriptive assessment conducted with preschoolers who demonstrated self-control and included activity engagement, verbal behavior, and pushing the snack out of view. Stimulus preference assessments were conducted to demonstrate that toys used for activity engagement were moderately preferred. Following training and during maintenance and generalization probes with the classroom teacher, all participants selected larger delayed snacks over smaller immediate snacks and waited 5 min to consume them. Social validity assessments showed high ratings of goals, procedures, and outcomes. |
|
Important Skills for Elementary School: Implementing Preschool Life Skills Program in a Preschool in Iceland |
BARA FANNEY HALFDANARDOTTIR (Reykjavik University), Berglind Sveinbjornsdottir (Reykjavik University), Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism) |
Abstract: Transition from preschool to elementary school can be difficult, especially for children that have not acquired school readiness skills. The preschool life skills (PLS) program was first developed as a class-wide teaching program, teaching typically developing preschool children important social and communication skills (Hanley, Heal, Tiger, & Ingvarsson, 2007). The aim of this study was to examine the impact of systematic teaching of school readiness skills in a preschool in Iceland. First, we compared the view of preschool and elementary school teachers in Iceland on important school readiness skills. Next, we translated the PLS program into Icelandic and adapted it to those skills that Icelandic teachers thought to be important. Finally, we implemented PLS in a preschool in Iceland for children who were starting first grade in elementary school in the fall of 2018. Results from the survey showed that both preschool and elementary school teachers in Iceland viewed instruction following and functional communication as the most important skills for children to acquire before first grade. The implementation of PLS increased the likelihood of the occurrence of instruction following and functional communication and decreased problem behavior for most children. |
|
Evaluating the Potential Aversiveness of Vicarious Reinforcement Arrangements for Preschool Children |
STEPHANIE M. GLAZE (The University of Kansas), Danielle L. Gureghian (Garden Academy), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Vicarious reinforcement (VSR) refers to a change in behavior as a result of observing the delivery of reinforcement to another person. As such, VSR procedures would appear to be a viable teaching strategy for use in group settings (e.g., preschool classrooms). However, some researchers have reported the emergence of problem behavior under conditions in which only the model’s behavior is reinforced and reinforcement is withheld from observers’ behavior. The purpose of this study was to experimentally examine the extent to which a VSR arrangement may be aversive for young children by arranging conditions under which the observer can terminate (i.e., escape) the delivery of reinforcement to the model. To date, six typically developing preschool children have participated. Although results were mixed, the majority of observers displayed behavior suggesting that the VSR arrangement was aversive. Results are discussed in terms of implications and applied issues related to the use of VSR in for classroom and other applied settings. |
|
Response Blocking to Assess Self-Feeding Deficits in Young Children With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities |
ALEC BERNSTEIN (UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas), Jessica Foster Juanico (Trumpet Behavioral Health) |
Abstract: Children typically gain skills to appropriately self-feed by the age of two years (Carruth et al., 2004). Those with delayed skills are at risk for insufficient nutrition (Carruth et al., 2004) and developmental and growth delays (Manikam & Perman, 2000; O’Brien et al., 1991). Although the behavior analytic literature has addressed a multitude of treatments for pediatric feeding delays and disorders, relatively few studies have evaluated whether delays are maintained by motivational or skill deficits. The current study describes the assessment and treatment of age-inappropriate self-feeding (finger feeding) for seven young children with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Response blocking was used to assess whether the absence of appropriate self-feeding was a motivational or a skill deficit. Results suggested motivational deficits for three children and skill deficits for four children. Treatments informed by assessment results (i.e., backward chaining and differential reinforcement) were effective at increasing age-appropriate self-feeding for all children. Results are discussed in terms of the importance of pre-treatment assessment for both treatment efficacy and efficiency when working with young children in early childhood education and intervention environments. |
|
|
|
|
|
University-School Partnerships in Behavior Analysis: Supporting Economically Disadvantaged Public Schools |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Fairmont, Second Level, Gold |
Area: EDC/CSS; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Katherine Mahaffy (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Denise Ross (Western Michigan University ) |
CE Instructor: Denise Ross, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Public schools may serve a diverse group of students including students with differing ethnic and racial backgrounds, disability statuses, locales, and socioeconomic classes. As such, behavior analysts who work in public schools may need a variety of tools to support teachers, parents, school administrators, and communities. The current symposium addresses the application of behavior analysis to public schools serving large numbers of students with low socioeconomic status (SES). Specifically, this symposium will present four papers that describe the needs of economically disadvantaged PK-12 students, review the representation of economically disadvantaged students in behavior analysis research, describe interventions to support teachers and improve student academic performance, and discuss the utility of university-school partnerships in economically disadvantaged schools. Implications and recommendations for practitioners and researchers will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Teachers, school administrators, practitioners, university personnel |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this symposium, learners will be able to:
1) Describe the academic status and needs of economically disadvantaged learners in public schools
2) Discuss the inclusion of economically disadvantaged learners in behavior analysis research
3) Describe two academic and social interventions that can be used for economically disadvantaged schools |
|
The Status and Needs of Economically Disadvantaged Schools and Learners |
(Theory) |
MYA HERNANDEZ (Western Michigan University), Katherine Mahaffy (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: According to the National Center for Children in Poverty (NCCP, 2018), 44% percent of children under age 18 in the United States are considered economically disadvantaged. Research suggests that these children are more likely to experience academic challenges than children who are not economically disadvantaged. This presentation will describe the academic needs of economically disadvantaged learners, historical contributions of behavior analysis to improving educational outcomes, and the current needs that behavior analysis can address. Implications and recommendations for practitioners and researchers will be discussed. |
|
The Effects of Peer Observation on Teacher Intervention Integrity |
(Applied Research) |
Garrett Warrilow (Pfizer Pharmaceuticals), Sarah Ann Pichler (Western Michigan University), MYA HERNANDEZ (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: This study used the observer effect as part of a teacher training package by evaluating the effects of peer observations on an observing teacher's implementation integrity of components of a Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports (PBIS) system for four middle school teachers. The primary dependent variables were the number of praise and corrective statements made by the teachers to their students, and how closely the teacher approximated a ratio of three praise statements to every one corrective statement. Secondary dependent variables included the number of behavioral expectations set by the teacher for the students, and the number of office referrals written by the teacher. Results suggest that peer observations increased intervention integrity of target classroom management behaviors for three of four participants and that participants were highly satisfied with the procedure. Implications for teacher training in schools, and how the findings relate to the observer effect, are discussed. |
|
The Effects of Decoding Instruction on Oral Reading Fluency for Older Students With Reading Delays |
(Applied Research) |
GAIGE JOHNSON (May Institute) |
Abstract: Struggling older readers often have difficulty with early decoding skills (Tolman, 2005; Toste, Williams, & Capin, 2017). If they are unable to master decoding, they may have difficulty with more complex skills, such as passage reading fluency. The current study extends research on reading fluency for older students by evaluating the combined effects of a phonics procedure and a fluency-building strategy on their reading fluency. Participants were older students with below grade level reading performance who had deficits in oral reading fluency and decoding. Dependent variables were the number of correctly sorted word patterns and the number of correct words per minute read in a passage and on a word list. During the intervention, a modified word sort procedure was used to train students to sort and read words containing the target word patterns. Following the initial word sort procedure, fluency building was employed by training word reading to a fluency criterion. Connected text passages were used to assess participants’ fluency when reading passages that contained the word pattern. A multiple-probe design across responses was utilized to evaluate the effectiveness of the intervention on the decoding skills and oral reading fluency of participants. Results showed that participants’ decoding and oral reading fluency increased following the intervention. |
|
Representation of Economically Disadvantaged Learners in Applied Behavior Analysis Research: A Review of the Literature |
(Theory) |
BRANDI FONTENOT (Western Michigan University), Margaret Uwayo (Western Michigan University), Sarah Byrne (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: In the United States, 24% of school-age children attend high-poverty schools. Research suggests that these children are at a greater risk for academic underperformance and dropping out of school than their peers who are not from economically disadvantaged backgrounds. As such, some economically disadvantaged children may need educational interventions to improve their academic outcomes. This presentation reviews the representation of children from economically disadvantaged backgrounds as research participants in behavioral journals. Ninety-one articles from behavioral journals were reviewed to determine the publication trends between 1968 and 2017. Results suggested that economically disadvantaged children are increasingly included in behavior analytic research. However, there are opportunities to conduct research with economically disadvantaged children who have disabilities or who are English Language Learners. |
|
|
|
|
|
An Evaluation of Training Procedures and Generalization of Mands for Information |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom CD South |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Mary Halbur (Marquette University) |
Discussant: M. Alice Shillingsburg (May Institute) |
CE Instructor: Mary Halbur, M.S. |
Abstract: Mands for information allow a learner to obtain information that may help them access additional reinforcers. There is a need for research on identifying the most efficient and efficacious way to teach mands for information to children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) because direct teaching of these skills is often necessary. The purpose of this symposium is to provide resources on current research and clinical applications when teaching learners to engage in mands for information. In the first study, Halbur and colleagues taught individuals to mand to obtain information about the location of preferred items under EO and AO conditions. They also evaluated generalization of these mands across stimuli and locations. In the second study, Ingvarsson and Jessel investigated teaching mands for missing items using an interrupted chains procedure and assessed generalization of autoclitic frames. In the third study, Patil and colleagues taught children to engage in “why” mands across distinct scenarios (i.e., unusual events, emotional responses) and assessed generalization. In the fourth study, Pyles et al. established causal information as a reinforcer and investigated teaching “why” to children with ASD across EO and AO conditions. Following these presentations, our discussant will provide clinical recommendations and avenues for future research. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): abolishing operations, establishing operations, generalization, mands |
Target Audience: graduate students, researchers, and behavior analytic clinicians |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation the participants will be able to (1) discuss potential methods for teaching learners to engage in various mands for information, (2) describe the possible benefits of including EO and AO learning trials when training mands, and (3) evaluate how to program for generalization of mands for information |
|
Teaching Mands for Information With Where Under Establishing and Abolishing Operation Conditions |
MARY HALBUR (Marquette University), Dayna Costello (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Mike Harman (Briar Cliff University), Jessi Reidy (Marquette University), Marisa E. McKee (Marquette University), Alyssa P. Scott (Marquette University) |
Abstract: Many children with autism spectrum disorder have deficits in appropriately manding for information using Wh-questions, although this question-asking repertoire is a valuable skill within social interactions and academic programs. Furthermore, mands for information provide the learner with necessary information in order to obtain access to preferred items and leisure activities (e.g., the location of a missing toy or where a snack might be stored). To ensure that mands are under correct antecedent control, previous behavior analytic studies have included conditions with both establishing (EO) and abolishing operations (AO); however, research on the mand ‘where’ is limited in this format. Thus, the present investigation utilized a prompt delay to teach two children with autism to mand for information (i.e., the location of a preferred edible) under a relevant EO but not when an AO was in place for such information. Prior to and following training, generalization probes were conducted in new locations as well as with novel therapists and materials. Clinical suggestions and future research considerations will be reviewed. |
|
Teaching Children With Autism to Mand for Known and Unknown Items Using Contrived Establishing Operations |
EINAR T. INGVARSSON (Virginia Institute of Autism), Joshua Jessel (Queens College) |
Abstract: The interrupted chains procedure has been used to teach children with limited verbal repertoires to independently mand for missing items required to complete a task. Previous research has included interrupted chains to teach children with autism autoclitic mand frames for information about the location of missing items and persons in possession of the missing items (e.g., Lechago, Carr, Grow, Love, & Almason, 2010). We extended previous research by (a) measuring generalization of autoclitic frames both within and between tasks with multiple missing items that the participants could tact, (b) assessing whether or not the autoclitic frames would emerge following tact training of previously unknown items, and (c) evaluating if the participants could be taught to mand for the appropriate information to evoke the autoclitic frame for unknown items (i.e., “What am I missing?”). Following training, the two boys with autism who participated in this study were able to independently mand for known missing items without direct teaching and mand for information about unknown missing items. |
|
Teaching Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder to Mand “Why?” |
PRIYA PATIL (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Anjalee Nirgudkar (Behavior Analysts of New Jersey) |
Abstract: For most children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), manding for information is an important skill that must be systematically taught. Although previous studies have evaluated interventions for teaching the mands Where?, What?, When?, Who?, and How?, to date no studies have demonstrated effective procedures for teaching the mand, “why?” The purpose of this study was to teach three children with ASD to mand, “why?” under relevant establishing operation (EO) conditions in three distinct scenarios: restricted access to preferred items, unusual events, and observation of emotional responses. A trial-unique procedure (Williams, Johnston & Saunders, 2006) was used for all scenarios to increase the value of information provided during all trials. A preference assessment was conducted for all three participants for one scenario in the study. The intervention was evaluated in the context of a multiple probe design across scenarios. Generalization was programmed for by interspersing generalization probe trials during each session. Generalization was assessed using novel preferred items, novel scenarios, and novel people. All three participants acquired the mand “why?” for all three scenarios. Generalization and maintenance were demonstrated for all three scenarios. Social validity measures were conducted to assess the goals, procedures, and outcome of the study. |
|
Teaching Children With Autism to Mand for Information Using “Why?” as a Function if Denied Access |
MEGAN PYLES (California State University, Sacramento), Amanda Chastain (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often have difficulty developing complex verbal behavior, including question-asking. The purpose of this study was to evaluate a procedure to teach two children with ASD to ask “Why?” Typically, Why-questions are followed by causal information that describes the reason an event occurs. For this reason, we established causal information as a reinforcer by denying access to items without providing a reason. Participants were prompted to ask “Why?” and were provided information that led to access of preferred items. To ensure that “Why?” only occurred when information was valuable, we included a condition where access to items was restricted, but a reason for denied access was provided. Both participants learned to ask “Why?” when information was needed and refrained from asking “Why?” when information was not needed. Results from this study suggest that this procedure was successful in teaching children with ASD to ask “Why?” |
|
|
|
|
|
Providing Effective Supervision to Clinical Practitioners Pre- and Post-Certification |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom EF |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Tyra Sellers, Ph.D. |
Chair: Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University) |
TYRA SELLERS (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Dr. Tyra Sellers received her Ph.D. in Disabilities Discipline –Applied Behavior Analysis from Utah State University in 2011 and is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. She earned a B.A. in Philosophy and M.A. in Special Education from San Francisco State University, and J.D. from the University of San Francisco. Dr. Sellers has over 20 years of clinical experience working with individuals with disabilities, spanning from EIBI through adult services in a wide variety of settings (public and non-public schools, vocational settings, in-home, clinics). Her research interests include behavior variability, choice, functional analyses, and behavioral interventions. |
Abstract: By the end of 1999, the first year in which the Board Certified Behavior Analyst® certification was available, there were 4,707 Board Certified Behavior Analysts® (BCBA®), and by the 10th year, in 2009 there were 5, 731 BCBAs. Fast forward to August of 2018, and there were 29,104 BCBAs; a 400% increase in the past nine years. This means that not only are there increasing numbers of individuals actively pursuing certification, but a flood of novice certificants in the workforce. Whereas our field places a particular emphasis on providing high quality supervision during an individual’s accrual of practical experience hours, it is equally critical to ensure that individuals, post-certification, continue to provide excellent clinical services. It is especially true when one considers that 76% of individuals who responded to a 2016 job task survey from the Behavior Analyst Certification Board® reported their primary-practice areas were providing clinical services to individuals with Autism and Developmental Disorders. Merriam-Webster defines supervision as: “the action, process, or occupation of supervising; especially: a critical watching and directing (as of activities or a course of action).” This is a functional definition, not topographical. In other words, supervision is not defined by the level or title of the parties involved (e.g., pre or post-certification), but by the purposeful activities that take place. This talk focuses on a tiered conceptualization of, and approach to, providing effective supervision that ensures the initial and continued development of robust clinical repertoires. |
Target Audience: This talk is targeted to individuals who are responsible for providing supervision of fieldwork experience, on-going supervision of clinical services, and designing or managing supervision practices, as well as for individual who will become supervisors in the near future. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss strategies for providing effective supervision to individuals accruing their practical experience hours; (2) discuss strategies for providing effective supervision to individual post-certification; (3) be familiar with available resources related to effective supervisory practices. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavioral and Pharmacological Determinants of Impulsive Behavior and Attending: A Search for Mechanism |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Swissôtel, Lucerne Ballroom Level, Alpine 1/2 |
Area: BPN/EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
CE Instructor: Christine E. Hughes, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Impulsive behavior has been termed a “transdisease” process because it is a key component in numerous clinical disorders. Deficits in attending certainly qualify as well. Experimental measures of both are grounded in choice, one of the two conference themes in 2019. These processes will be examined from multiple perspectives but all with the goal of understanding their behavioral and pharmacological mechanisms and correlates. The first paper will examine correlates among attending, impulsive behavior, and short-term remembering in a mouse model of Alzheimer’s disease. The second will examine how reinforcement magnitude and probability influence methylphenidate’s effects on risky decision making. The third will examine the role of baseline levels of impulsivity in determining the effect of d-amphetamine. Together, these papers will present, in a single setting, these multifaceted concepts using different experimental models. They will also summarize how impulsive behavior and attending relate to other important phenomena such as short-term remembering dementia, and the broader context in which the choices are made. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Alzheimer's Disease, Attention, Delay Discounting, Psychomotor Stimulants |
Target Audience: Scientists and practitioners interested in current thinking about the determinants of impulsive behavior and attending. While the studies are basic they have very clear transnational and applied implications. |
Learning Objectives: Learn how the baseline rate of discounting influences the effects of drugs used to manage impulsive behavior. Learn how attending and remembering are related in an experimental model of Alzheimer's disease Learn how delay discounting interacts with |
|
Longitudinal Assessment of Short-Term Remembering and Attending in a Mouse Model of Alzheimer’s Related Amyloidosis |
PAUL SOTO (Louisiana State University), Breanna Harris (Texas Tech University) |
Abstract: In 2017, an estimated five million Americans were living with Alzheimer’s disease (AD), a progressive neurological disease that interferes with cognitive function, reduces quality of life, and is a significant economic burden to society. There is a need for pharmacotherapeutics for AD-associated cognitive impairment, the development of which requires preclinical models of AD-associated cognitive impairment. The aim of this study was to evaluate cognitive impairment in a mouse model of AD-associated amyloidosis. APPswe/PS1dE9 double transgenic (Tg) male and female mice and non-transgenic (non-Tg) littermates were trained on a delayed-matching-to-position (DMTP) or 3-choice serial reaction time (3CSRT) task. Mice were tested either continuously or intermittently from approximately 2 to 18 months of age. In the DMTP task, accuracy declined with the delay between sample lever presentation and choice opportunity although there was little evidence of between-genotype differences in performance. In the 3CSRT task, accuracy declined with duration of the signal stimulus and impulsive responses decreased as the time before the signal stimulus increased, but there were no between-genotype differences in accuracy, impulsive responses, or omissions. Potential factors contributing to lack of impairment in DMTP/3CSRT performance in the APPswe/PS1dE9 double mouse model of AD-associated amyloidosis will be discussed. |
|
Methylphenidate Alters Sensitivity to Reinforcement Amount, Delay, and Probability: Implications for Impulsive/Risky Choice |
Jeremy Langford (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington), RAYMOND C. PITTS (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Abstract: There has been growing interest in studying effects of drugs on impulsive and risky decision making. Identifying the relevant dimensions of reinforcement involved in these choices and quantifying the impact of drugs on control of choice by those dimensions might prove useful. The purpose of this study was to investigate drug-induced changes in control by reinforcement amount and delay in combination (Experiment 1) and reinforcement amount and probability in combination (Experiment 2) in a laboratory model of choice. In both experiments, pigeons responded on a rapid-acquisition, concurrent-chains procedure in which both terminal-link parameters of reinforcement alternated independently and pseudo-randomly across sessions; in some sessions both parameters favored one response key (dominated sessions); in other sessions each parameter favored a different key (tradeoff sessions). In both experiments, Initial-link response allocation tracked the four different terminal-link arrangements in a manner indicating independent and additive contributions by both reinforcement parameters (as assumed by the Generalized Matching Law). Methylphenidate reliably attenuated sensitivity to all dimensions of reinforcement at doses that did not substantially alter bias or initial-link response rates. Implications for theories of choice and for identifying behavioral mechanisms of drug action on impulsive and risky choice are discussed. |
|
Baseline Dependency and Delay Discounting |
M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University), Blake A. Hutsell (Eastern Carolina University), Derek Pope (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute) |
Abstract: Psychomotor stimulants can increase activity and impulsivity under non-clinical conditions but have the opposite effects in individuals with ADHD. This suggests a baseline-dependency in which a drug stabilizes an aspect of behavior by decreasing high-probability events while increasing low-probability events. Baseline-dependent effects on delay-discounting can be examined experimentally using inbred mouse strains that have different behavioral profiles and also by arranging conditions that yield different levels of discounting. BALB/c mice show greater sensitivity to reinforcer magnitude and delay than C57Bl/6 mice, making these two strains ideal subjects for examining baseline dependency on both measures. The presence of delay-specific stimuli can also influence the degree of magnitude- and delay sensitivity. These gene X environment interactions can be exploited to identify a common basis for the effects of a psychomotor stimulant. Across strains and stimulus conditions, d-amphetamine decreases both magnitude and delay sensitivity when they are high and increases it when it is low. The effects of this drug, both in an experimental model and in clinical settings, depends critically upon the baseline conditions under which behavior is maintained. |
|
|
|
|
|
Fighting Fake News and Post-Truth Politics With Behavioral Science: The Pro-Truth Pledge |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom AB |
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Todd A. Ward, Ph.D. |
Chair: Todd A. Ward (bSci21 Media, LLC) |
GLEB TSIPURSKY (Pro-Truth Pledge) |
 Dr. Gleb Tsipursky is passionate about promoting truth-oriented behavior, rational thinking, and wise decision-making. He currently serves as the President of Intentional Insights, a nonprofit devoted to popularizing these topics. Its main current focus is the Pro-Truth Pledge, a project that aims to reverse the tide of lies and promote truth in public discourse through combining behavioral science and crowd-sourcing. He is also the CEO of Disaster Avoidance Experts, Inc, a boutique consulting firm that uses behavioral analysis to improve organizational performance. He has a strong research background with over 15 years in academia, including 7 years as a professor at Ohio State University and the University of North Carolina-Chapel Hill. He published dozens of peer-reviewed publications in academic publications such as Journal of Political and Social Psychology and Behavior and Social Issues, and currently serves on the Editorial Board of the ABAI journal Behavior and Social Issues. He writes frequently for a broad audience, most notably his national bestseller on truth-seeking The Truth Seeker’s Handbook: A Science-Based Guide, and is currently writing From Post-Truth to Pro-Truth: Fighting Misinformation with Behavioral Science. Pieces by or about him regularly come out in prominent venues such as Time, Scientific American, Psychology Today, Newsweek, The Conversation, Inc. Magazine, CNBC, and elsewhere. He has appeared as a guest on network TV in the US, including CBS News and affiliates of Fox and ABC, and internationally, such as the Australian Broadcasting Corporation, and on US and international radio stations such as NPR, WBAI (New York City), KGO (San Francisco), 700WLW (Cincinnati), KRLD (Dallas), AM980 (Canada). |
Abstract: We have witnessed an alarming deterioration of truth in democracies around the globe, especially in the political arena. This presentation describes a behavioral analysis-based intervention, the Pro-Truth Pledge, which combines behavioral science research with crowd-sourcing to help address this problem. The pledge asks signers – private citizens and public figures – to commit to 12 behaviors that behavioral science has shown to be correlated with an orientation toward truthfulness. Pledge mechanisms have been shown in other contexts to lead private citizens to engage in more pro-social behavior. For public figures, the pledge offers specific incentives to behave in concordance with the pledge, with rewards in the form of positive reputation for honesty and truth-telling, and accountability through crowd-sourced evaluation and potential aversive consequences contingent upon deception. A study conducted on the pledge and published in the journal, Behavior and Social Issues, has demonstrated its effectiveness in reducing the sharing of misinformation on social media. These preliminary findings suggest that the pledge offers an important behavioral analysis-based intervention for addressing at least some of the problems caused by fake news and post-truth politics. |
Target Audience: Any attendees interested in how to use behavioral analysis to address the current global problem of misinformation in democracies |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss what behavioral factors cause people to believe in and spread misinformation; (2) discuss why our current cultural, political, and technological environment facilitate post-truth politics and fake news; (3) review what behavioral analysis and other behavioral science fields have found about how to prevent people from spreading misinformation; (4) understand the research behind the effectiveness of the Pro-Truth Pledge as a behavioral analysis-based intervention against misinformation and post-truth politics; (5) discuss how behavioral analysts can take pragmatic steps to help turn back the tide of misinformation and post-truth politics in democracies around the globe. |
|
|
|
|
|
From Coursework to Practice: Emphasizing Ethics Along the Way |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Montreux 1-3 |
Area: DEV; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Eliseo D. Jimenez (Georgia State University) |
CE Instructor: Eliseo D. Jimenez, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysts work in various roles with diverse responsibilities, each posing unique ethical quandaries. This symposium combines three presentations emphasizing ethical issues that affect prospective and practicing behavior analysts during their schooling, training and supervision experience, and professional work. The first presentation will highlight challenges related to embedding ethics in a university special education/behavior analysis course sequence and present ways for promoting ethical situations/codes in the classroom that go beyond a single required ethics course. The second presentation will review common ethical issues Registered Behavior Technicians (RBTs) encounter during the credentialing process, as well as in the field, especially those resulting from inadequate supervision. Practical strategies for alleviating these issues and promoting the provision of adequate supervision will be shared. The last presentation will describe common ethical issues encountered by practicing school-based behavior analysts and pinpoint practical ways school-based behavior analysts can address these issues without compromising their ethical obligations. This symposium will provide ethical considerations for behavior analysts working in university settings, those supervising RBTs, and those working in school settings. Implications for practice will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): coursework, education, ethics, supervision |
Target Audience: Certified analysts and credentialed technicians |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
(1) list ways to effectively embed ethical and conduct standards in their courses;
(2) describe characteristics of proper RBT training and identify practical strategies to promote adequate supervision and practice;
(3) describe ethical issues encountered by school-based behavior analysts and identify relevant ethical guidelines and strategies to address those issues. |
|
Application of Ethical Codes Beyond Ethics Course |
EDWARD JUSTIN PAGE (Duquesne University) |
Abstract: The BACB requires 45 hours in a standalone course related to ethical principles and concepts in their verified course sequence. However, ethics and the application of these ethical principles should go beyond one course. Ethical principles can and should be embedded in classes where possible, and situations should be developed in the classroom that allows students to apply skills learned in their ethics course to another course’s content. One of the challenges that programs can face is applying the Ethical & Professional Compliance Codes in the classroom that students have previously learned. This presentation will highlight challenges related to embedding ethics in a special education/behavior analysis course sequence and present ways for promoting ethical situations/ codes in the classroom that goes beyond the required ethics course. |
|
Registered Behavior Technician Credentialing Process: Issues and Strategies |
ELISA M. CRUZ-TORRES (Florida Atlantic University) |
Abstract: According to the BACB, between 2016 and 2017, one of the most frequently violated categories is that of “improper or inadequate supervision or delegation.” Specifically, this category reflects ethical deviations to Compliance Codes 5.0 (Behavior Analysts as Supervisors) and 10.05 (Compliance with BACB Supervision and Coursework Standards). The RBT credentialing process includes the passing of a competency assessment, which is to be completed by a BACB certificant that has met supervision requirements. Additionally, once credentialed, the RBT must obtain ongoing supervision for a minimum of 5% of service hours delivered. This presentation will review common ethical issues RBTs encounter during the credentialing process, as well as in the field, especially those resulting from inadequate supervision. Practical strategies for alleviating these issues and promoting the provision of adequate supervision will be shared. |
|
Ethical Considerations for School-Based Behavior Analysts |
JESSICA NAOMI CADETTE DUNN (The Victory Center), Tara Olivia Loughrey (The Victory Center for Autism and Related Disabilities) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts working in school settings face unique challenges related to balancing the needs of students, the wishes of parents, and requirements of the local education agency, while also adhering to the ethical guidelines put forth by the BACB. Ethical issues faced by behavior analysts in schools may relate to maintaining manageable caseloads, providing adequate supervision to teachers and support staff, making appropriate placement and referral decisions, and determining suitable interventions. This presentation will describe common ethical issues encountered by school-based behavior analysts at a small private school for students with autism and related disabilities, many of which can be generalized to those working in public and charter schools. This presentation will also pinpoint practical ways school-based behavior analysts can address these issues without compromising their ethical obligations. |
|
|
|
|
|
Teaching With Applied Behavior Analysis in Inclusive Settings: Application of Evidence-Based Practices |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Fairmont, Third Level, Crystal |
Area: EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Rose A. Mason (PUrdue University) |
CE Instructor: Rose A. Mason, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The use of applied behavior analysis (ABA) in public schools has gained traction, primarily touted as a practice for supporting students with disabilities. However, the application of ABA principles is the foundation of high-quality instruction across skill levels. For example, positive behavior support methods applies a system-wide approach to support positive interactions and decrease challenging behaviors through the application of methods such as antecedent interventions and group-based contingencies. Likewise, academic instruction that incorporates systematic, direct instruction and personal systems of learning support acquisition across students with an array of skill levels, including those that have advanced skill levels and those that are behind grade-level. Further, the data-driven nature of the science facilitates ongoing progress monitoring at individual and group levels to guide educational decision-making. This symposium will explore the influence of ABA on teaching including comprehensive models, individualization of instruction, and inclusive practices for students with and without disabilities. The role of continuous measurement of student and teacher behavior to support acquisition of math and reading skills will be explored. In addition, application of component analysis procedures to identify the necessary features of an effective classroom will be discussed. Additionally, the role of research in identifying effective evidenced-based practices to support inclusion of individuals with autism will be examined, including gaps in our knowledge. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Autism, Comprehensive Models, inclusion, Instruction |
Target Audience: BCBAs Teachers |
Learning Objectives: The learner will: 1.Learn how to collect data on the essential behaviors of teachers, students and supervisors in inclusive classrooms using a behavior analytic systems approach 2. Understand the evidence-base for interventions to support learners with autism in inclusive education environments 2. Be able to describe system-wide application of behavior analysis in schools including development and maintenance. |
|
Using Science to Solve Educational Problems: How to Design Public School Classrooms Using the Principles and Tactics of Behavior Analysis |
(Applied Research) |
GRANT GAUTREAUX (Nicholls State University), Derek Jacob Shanman (Nicholls State University), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Nicholls State University), Laura Darcy (Nicholls State University), Mary A. Johnson (Touchstone), Danica Reaves Savoie (Touchstone Center) |
Abstract: We describe the system for developing and maintaining quality practices in schools by providing a system-wide application of behavior analysis to all of the components of education for teaching all circular standard. Drawing from the CABAS and AIL models of instruction and other relevant published behavior analytic literature we implemented a system for implementing scientifically sound teaching applications for TABA classrooms in public schools. We outline some of those components including: classroom management, designing interventions, use of evidence based curricula, supervision, and research based tools to train and monitor professionals. The implementation of these procedures was done in successive phases to ensure the fidelity of the model was not compromised and also to inductively analyze which components were needed and when. Key components of the model include creating a positive classroom environment with several systems of reinforcement, training the classroom assistant to implement model components and to ensure that all instruction is individualized. The results are reported by the measurement of student progress vis-a-vis mastery of grade level expectations. The induction of verbal developmental capabilities for students including observational learning, naming and functional writing is also discussed. We also show data to display examples from one of our schools in a pilot full inclusion classroom and six special education public classrooms. |
|
Inclusion of Students With Autism: A Systematic Review of the Evidence |
(Applied Research) |
Rose A. Mason (Purdue University), Catharine Lory (Purdue University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), DANNI WANG (Purdue University), Emily Gregori (Purdue University), So Yeon Kim (Purdue University), Marie David (Purdue University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University) |
Abstract: Federal policy, including the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA), mandate students with disabilities be educated in the least restrictive environment. Additionally, policy and social justice advocates support inclusive models of education. In an effort to support skill acquisition and ameliorate challenging behaviors, a plethora of evidence-based interventions have been identified. However, little is known about which specific interventions are most effective in inclusive environments and for which target skills. The purpose of this study was to systematically review and synthesize high-quality single-case research evaluating the effectiveness of evidence-based practices implemented in inclusive environments. Additionally, meta-analytic methodology was employed to identify study and participant characteristics that differentially impact the effect of evidenced based practices. Findings indicate that a large portion of our evidence-base regarding effective interventions in inclusive setting targets social-communication skills and the evidence for academic interventions is scarce. Additionally, the majority of the evidence is conducted in elementary schools rather than secondary. Additional participant characteristics and intervention components were explored. Implications for practice and areas for future research will be discussed. |
|
Beyond Evidence Based Practice: A Strategic Science of Teaching |
(Applied Research) |
R. DOUGLAS GREER (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: A strategic science of teaching differs from evidence-based practices in that the strategic science of teaching requires usage of science at the level of application. Over the last 38 years, the CABAS® Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) model of teaching, based on advanced application of Applied Behavior Analysis, has identified how to incorporate existing research-based tactics in ABA to teach reading, writing, math, and complex problem solving. This model includes continuous measurement of student, teacher, and supervisor behavior. In addition, it includes a research-based decision protocol model to connect teaching tactics with learning and verbal behavior cusps. This identifies different ways to teach children based on how they contact the instructional environment. |
|
|
|
|
|
SQAB Tutorial: Stimulus Equivalence 101 |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich D |
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research |
PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Caio Miguel, Ph.D. |
Chair: Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University) |
Presenting Authors: : CAIO MIGUEL (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Researchers and clinicians rely heavily on the matching-to-sample procedure (MTS) to establish conditional discriminations. In an MTS trial, a visual or auditory sample is presented, followed by several comparisons (pictures or objects). The selection of the correct comparison leads to reinforcement while selection of the incorrect one leads to some form of correction. Clinically, MTS is used for teaching a variety of skills, including listener behavior, categorization, math, and reading. An important characteristic of MTS is that samples and comparisons become substitutable for each other (i.e., equivalent). Understanding the variables responsible for the development of equivalence classes has been the topic of investigation in the field of behavior analysis for almost 50 years, generating an enormous (and complicated) body of research. This research has led to the development of at least three theoretical accounts to explain meaning and symbolic behavior, as well as has informed clinicians on how to take advantage of the MTS procedure to produce a multitude of generative/novel performances. This talk will serve as a first introduction to the concept of stimulus equivalence and its ramifications for both research and practice. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Basic researchers, students, board certified behavior analysts, and licensed psychologists. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the different parameters that affect equivalence outcomes; (2) describe the three main theories explaining equivalence outcomes; (3) understand the theoretical and applied implications of equivalence research. |
|
CAIO MIGUEL (California State University, Sacramento) |
Dr. Caio Miguel is a Professor of Psychology and Director of the Verbal Behavior Research Laboratory at California State University, Sacramento. He holds adjunct appointments at Endicott College and at the University of Sa~o Paulo, Brazil. He is the past-editor of The Analysis of Verbal Behavior (TAVB) past Associate Editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA), and current editorial board member of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. Dr. Miguel's research focuses on stimulus control, verbal behavior, and problem-solving strategies. He has given hundreds of professional presentations in North America, South America and Europe, and has had over 60 manuscripts published in English, Portuguese, and Spanish. He is the recipient of the 2013-2014 award for outstanding scholarly work by the College of Social Sciences and Interdisciplinary Studies at Sacramento State, and the 2014 Outstanding Mentor Award by the Student Committee of the Association for Behavior Analysis International. |
|
|
|
|
|
Starting From Scratch: Training Behavior Analysts in Latin America and the Lessons Learned |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Fairmont, Second Level, International Ballroom |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Estefania Carla Alarcon Moya, M.A. |
Chair: Estefania Carla Alarcon Moya (ABA Technologies Inc.; Florida Institute of Technology) |
CAROLA SCOLARI (Universidad Autónoma de Chile) |
AMANDA BUENO DOS SANTOS (CEDIN) |
PENELOPE JOHNSON (Johns Hopkins University) |
Abstract: Obstacles for training behavior analysts in Latin America, where educational resources are scarce, transcend the language barrier. While it seems reasonable to expect that an increase in behavior analytic programs to train qualified clinicians will increase the availability of higher-quality ABA services for citizens in need, other leading factors need to be considered and addressed simultaneously in order to promote the correct desired change that could benefit, and not impair, the current organization of the system. Some of these factors might include the promotion of continuing professional development, ethical practice and professional regulation of the field. Panel participants will discuss their experiences training behavior analysts with diverse backgrounds across Latin America. They will examine the current environmental contingencies disadvantaging the systematic and responsible growth of the profession and provision of high-quality services in these countries, and identify what behaviors from all stakeholders can have the greatest impact on these desired results. Most importantly, they will analyze the antecedent- and consequence-based solutions that could support and maintain these desired changes in the long-term. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Supervisors, faculties, practitioners interested in international dissemination |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, students will be able to: 1. State the rationale for increasing the number of well-trained certified behavior analysts in Latin America 2. Identify the desired behaviors from all parties involved in the training and certifying of behavior analysts in Latin America 3. List antecedent- and consequence-based solutions to increase the number of certified behavior analysts in Latin America |
Keyword(s): Dissemination, International development, Latin America |
|
|
|
|
|
Advances in Toilet Training Research |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom A |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine) |
Discussant: Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center) |
CE Instructor: Joanna Lomas Mevers, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Azrin and Fox (1971), LeBlanc et al. (2005), and Lomas Mevers et al. (2018) empirically evaluated procedures for toilet training individuals with disabilities. More recently, Greer et al. (2016) demonstrated a treatment package for toilet training typically developing individuals. The current symposium will include four presentations on replications, component analyses, and extensions of common toilet training practices. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): enuresis, toilet training |
Target Audience: This presentation is for any behavior analysts who might be toilet training clients. |
|
A Consecutive Case Series Analysis of a Toilet Training Program for Children With Autism Evaluating Gender Differences |
ANDRESA DE SOUZA (University of Missouri St. Louis), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center), Lawrence Scahill (Emory University), Scott Gillespie (Emory University) |
Abstract: To date, most of the research on autism spectrum disorder (ASD) has focused on males; therefore, little is known if there are differences in the manifestation of ASD between males and females. One example involves daytime enuresis, a behavioral issue commonly observed in children with ASD (Von Gontard, Pirrung, Niemczyk, & Equit, 2015). Intervention for daytime enuresis typically involves systematic fluid loading to increase opportunities for voiding, a progressive sit schedule with positive reinforcement for successful voids, and return to sitting upon episodes of incontinence (Lomas Mevers, Muething, Call, Scheithauer, & Hewett, 2018). The goal of this study was to conduct a consecutive case series analysis of outcomes of an intensive toileting program for treatment of daytime enuresis in children with ASD. We examined treatment outcome data from 2014 until 2018 and compared outcomes between males and females. Results demonstrated low significance between outcomes of males and females in terms of procedure modifications and final criteria met, and high significance in terms of performance during 6-month follow-up with males significantly more likely to have positive, long-term success. Results will be discussed in terms of the physiological and behavioral aspects that might affect females performance during intervention for day time enuresis. |
|
Evaluation of an Abbreviated Toilet Training Procedure for Use With Young Children |
Ansley Hodges (Florida Institute of Technology), Hallie Marie Ertel (Florida Institute of Technology), Lianne Hurtado (Nemours Children's Hospital), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), DANIELA GALVEZ MORENO (Nemours Children's Hospital and Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: LeBlanc et al. (2005) described an effective, intensive outpatient procedure to decrease urinary incontinence among children with autism. This procedure included programmed consequences for appropriate urination and self-initiation, the provision of increased fluids, the use of a urine sensor to detect accidents, training a mand for elimination, and overcorrection contingent upon inappropriate urination. In the present study, we replicated and abbreviated LeBlanc et al.’s procedure by omitting the use of a urine sensor and overcorrection contingent upon accidents. We used a multiple baseline design across participants to evaluate the effects of the abbreviated procedure with three young children who were nonresponsive to non-intensive toilet training procedures. The results suggest that the procedure was effective to decrease urinary incontinence among all three children. Further, it took less time to implement than the procedure described by LeBlanc et al. Results are discussed in terms of the utility and efficiency of the procedure for a variety of populations and settings. |
|
Efficiency of an Intensive Toilet Training Treatment for Young Children |
ASHLEY ROMERO (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Young children between the ages of 13-30 months begin to have the skills necessary to begin the process of toilet training. However, delayed toilet training of typically developing children has become a trend (Simon & Thompson, 2006). Delayed training can have negative health, financial, and social implications. To date, we have systematically replicated the intensive toilet training procedure described by LeBlanc et. al (2005) with seven children (ages 22-58 mo) with and without intellectual and developmental disabilities for whom the treatment package described by Greer et al. (2016) was not immediately effective. A nonconcurrent multiple baseline was used to evaluate the training procedure, which consisted of a graduated sit schedule, reinforcement of successful urinations and self-initiations, increased fluids, communication training, a urine sensor and alarm, and positive practice for accidents. Results showed that the LeBlanc training procedure was effective for rapid performance acquisition that generalized and maintained in the preschool classroom for 5 of 7 subjects. Results are discussed in terms of treatment efficacy and efficiency, generality of procedures across populations (children with and without IDD), and social validity of treatment procedures in early childhood education and intervention environments. |
|
An Analysis of Toilet-Training Procedures Recommended for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
BRANDON C. PEREZ (University of Florida), Janelle Kirstie Bacotti (University of Florida), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Behavior Analysts working with children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and other intellectual and developmental disabilities, especially in early intervention type settings, are commonly asked for assistance in toilet training. Most of the current research in applied behavior analysis on toilet training interventions for children with ASD are replications and/or modifications of Azrin & Foxx (1971) or LeBlanc et al. (2005) procedures. These procedures differ from what is commonly used for typically developing children. For example, Greer et al. (2016) evaluated the effectiveness of three typical components presented within a toilet training package for typically developing children: a 30-min sit schedule, placing subjects in underwear, and differential reinforcement for remaining dry and eliminating in the toilet. These components were evaluated both in isolation and together in a treatment package with 19 typically developing and 1 child diagnosed with ASD. The primary purpose of the current study is to evaluate the effectiveness of the three aforementioned components, that are typically used in toilet training procedures for children, but in this case for children with ASD. If these procedures were ineffective, a secondary purpose was to evaluate elimination patterns to allow researchers to identify modifications necessary for individualized toilet training. |
|
|
|
|
|
Consideration of Demographic and Cultural Variables in Behavioral Research and Practice |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency West, Lobby Level, Crystal Ballroom B |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge) |
Discussant: Elizabeth Hughes Fong (Saint Joseph's University) |
CE Instructor: Tara A. Fahmie, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Demographic and cultural variables undoubtedly influence the global adoption and success of behavioral services, but limited research exists in this area. The authors of Study 1 identified reasons for the appointment cancellations of 43 children in an outpatient ABA program. Common barriers included those related to socio-economic status (e.g., work conflicts, instability in living situation), emphasizing the importance of considering stakeholder characteristics in service delivery. The authors of Study 2 conducted a review of articles recently published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and found that demographic variables were generally underreported. The authors will describe obstacles to and rationale for fully reporting demographic variables in future publications. The authors of Study 3 analyzed the efficacy and social validity of a training program to teach function-based approaches to parents and practitioners in Chennai, India. The authors will discuss the cultural variables relevant to this region that were considered during the development phase of their study. The authors of Study 4 successfully extended tele-health services to families located in South America, Europe, Africa, Asia, and the Middle East. Both efficacy and social validity data will highlight the outcomes of the authors’ global outreach efforts. Finally, Elizabeth Fong will discuss these four studies in relation to our need for a more effective science of cultural and demographic influences. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): culture, demographics, telehealth, treatment acceptability |
Target Audience: Practicing behavior analysts |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will identify a minimum of three demographic variables that may influence treatment adoption or adherence. 2. Participants will describe the manner in which training can be tailored to cultures outside of the US 3. Participants will acknowledge the importance of social validity measures in the dissemination of behavioral services to diverse populations. |
|
Barriers to Appointment Attendance Among Families Receiving Applied Behavior Analysis Services for Problem Behavior |
STEPHANIE LIOLLIO (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Research has shown that children diagnosed with developmental disabilities exhibiting severe problem behavior benefit from Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) therapy. Because ABA therapy often places a heavy emphasis on caregiver involvement and consistency of treatment practice, the effectiveness of therapy may be compromised if excessive cancellations occur. The current study identified common reasons for appointment cancellations. This allowed us to examine potential barriers that may be intervened on to increase the likelihood of treatment success. Attendance records of 43 children being seen in a weekly outpatient ABA program that focused on parent training for problem behavior were reviewed. Frequency of cancellations were measured, grouped into categories, and ranked from highest to lowest. Preliminary data collected over twelve weeks indicated that scheduling conflicts, illness, and scheduling miscommunications were the most frequent reasons that cancellations occurred. These variables were discussed in terms of possible interventions that could be used to decrease cancellations and subsequently increase success of intervention for parents at high-risk of experiencing barriers to appointment attendance. |
|
On the Reporting of Demographic Variables in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis |
STEPHANIE JONES (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Describing participants’ demographic variables (ethnicity/race, socioeconomic status (SES), gender/sex, age, etc.) may be important for identifying how such variables may impact behavioral interventions and for identifying patterns across research articles. We evaluated the extent to which studies published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis for the last five years included demographic variables of participants. Any mention of information regarding age, gender or sex, ethnicity or race, SES, diagnosis, functioning level, scores on standardized tests or assessments, educational levels, and culture for any participant in the study was coded. The data were analyzed as the percentage of experiments mentioning a broad demographic variable (e.g., SES), and number of individuals mentioned in an experiment with a specific characteristic within the broader demographic category (e.g., low income). Generally, demographic variables were underreported, which may limit the broader impact of those publications. Obstacles to and rationale for fully reporting demographic variables are explored. |
|
Investigation of a Training Manual for Teaching Behavioral Skills to Parents and Professionals in India |
TARA A. FAHMIE (California State University, Northridge), Maithri Sivaraman (Tendrils Centre for Autism) |
Abstract: In regions such as India, where one-to-one behavior analytic intervention is not easily accessible, parents and service providers may advocate for children with disabilities better if they have foundational training in the behavior analytic approach to problem behavior. The purpose of the present study was to develop and test the effectiveness of a manualized training in increasing behavior analytic perspectives and skills used to manage problem behavior. We noted several cultural adaptations used in both the manual and the training. Forty-six parents and service providers from Chennai, India participated in the study, and were assigned to either an immediate training (n=22) or a waitlist control (n=24) group. The training produced overall increases in participants’ knowledge and approach to the assessment and treatment of problem behavior. Moreover, all participants rated the acceptability of training highly in our measure of social validity. Guidelines for international dissemination are discussed. |
|
Outcomes of a Global Telehealth Parent-Training Project |
LOUKIA TSAMI (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Ozlem Toper Korkmaz (Uludağ Üniversitesi), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: Teaching parents to conduct functional analyses (FAs) and to implement functional communication training (FCT) is a highly effective approach for treating problem behavior maintained by social consequences (Derby et al., 1997). Studies have found that delivering this assessment and intervention package via telehealth technologies is effective and acceptable to parents in the United States (Wacker et al., 2013b). In the presentation, we will discuss the outcomes of families located in South America, Europe, Africa, Asia, and the Middle East who we coached via telehealth to implement FAs and FCT with their children with autism. Two behavior therapists located at a U.S. university conducted weekly 1-hour appointments with the use of interpreters for the non-English speaking families. The majority of the parents used smart phones to communicate with the clinicians. The parent-implemented FAs successfully identified the function(s) of problem behavior, and FCT reduced problem behavior and increased communication responses for all children. Moreover, the caregivers rated the procedures and use of telehealth as very acceptable. Overall, these results suggest that behavior analysts located in the United States can offer behavioral services via telehealth to individuals with autism around the world. |
|
|
|
|
|
Motor Planning: A Behavior Analytic Account and Evidence Base for Use |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom D |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas) |
Discussant: Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas) |
CE Instructor: Elizabeth R. Lorah, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The use of Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) is a practice that continues to evolve, as technology changes, becomes more economical, and readily available. The use of handheld technology (i.e., the iPad™) as a speech-generating device (SGD), is more common than ever, yet we continue to lack an evidence-based practice for its use. One method of instruction that has gained visibility outside of behavior analysis is motor planning; however, given the limited data to support its use, coupled with the use of internal processes as an explanation for behavior, most behavior analysts avoid a discussion of motor planning, including its potential benefit. This symposium will present a behavior analytic account for the use of motor planning as an instructional strategy for the acquisition of verbal behavior using the iPad as a speech-generating device, while providing a behavior analytic account for the processes that take place when developing a motor plan. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Autism, Mand, Motor Planning, Speech-Generating Device |
Target Audience: Intermediate practitioners |
Learning Objectives: 1. Review of verbal behavior and evidence base for mand training
2. Review of the literature for the use of handheld technology as a speech generating device
3. How to implement motor planning in terms of handheld technology as a speech generating device |
|
A Behavior Analytic Account of Motor Planning |
(Theory) |
JESSICA MILLER (University of Arkansas), Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas), Alison Karnes (University of Arkansas) |
Abstract: Motor planning refers to the covert process by which an individual plans bodily movements. Some degree of motor planning is needed in order to effectively use a speech-generating device (SGD). Individuals with autism may have an increased incidence of motor development deficits. Where deficits exist, it is reasonable to teach communication in a way that minimizes the need for complex motor planning. One such method of teaching language with SGD to individuals with ASD is the Language Acquisition through Motor Planning (LAMPTM) approach (Halloran & Halloran, 2006). Despite the use of non-behavioral language in the description of LAMPTM protocols, a behavior analytic account of many of its methods is possible. This presentation will provide a behavior analytic account of motor planning as an instructional method for the use of handheld technology as a SGD. |
|
An Evidence Base for the Use of Motor Planning |
(Applied Research) |
ALISON KARNES (University of Arkansas), Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas), Jessica Miller (University of Arkansas) |
Abstract: This presented will describe research that addresses the gaps in the motor planning literature by evaluating the effectiveness of motor planning with core vocabulary and a prompting package including within stimulus prompts, constant time delay prompts, and response prompts in the acquisition of manding in a play-based environment with three preschool aged children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). A changing criterion design within a multiple baseline design across participants was selected. The study includes an initial three phases specific to the within stimulus prompt included in the screen layout and a fourth phase that uses priming and the prompting package to expand the participants’ manding repertoire. The results of this study indicate that the procedures were effective at establishing a mand repertoire in participants. Implications of this study and future directions for similar research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Training Care Staff in Applied Behavior Analysis, Part 2: Pyramidal Training Studies |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency West, Ballroom Level, Regency Ballroom C |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Sarah Grace Hansen (Georgia State University) |
CE Instructor: Wendy A. Machalicek, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Dissemination of evidence-based practices to individuals with autism and intellectual disabilities requires effective, acceptable and efficient training of many care givers. One solution to this problem is to develop and evaluate pyramidal caregiver training whereby one level I staff acquires staff training skills and then trains multiple level II staff thereby changing the behavior of students and clients with autism and intellectual disabilities. This symposium will present three empirical papers. In the first we will report the effects of training teachers to teach classroom assistants in multiple applied behavior analytic skills in a special school. In the second we will present the effects of pyramidal training on staff acquisition of five applied behavior analytic skills over a 10-month period. The third paper will report the results of a randomized controlled trial in which staff working with adults with autism and intellectual disabilities were trained in applied behavior analytic skills. This symposium will show that pyramidal training is an effective, efficient and acceptable form of disseminating applied behavior analytic skills in applied settings. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): feedback, modeling, pyramidal training, rehearsal |
Target Audience: BCBAs; graduate students in applied behavior analysis; researchers in ABA |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
(1)describe the rationale for pyramidal training;
(2) describe the effects of behavioral skill training on acquisition of pyramidal training skills; and
(3) describe strategies to promote generalization of application of pyramidal training skills. |
|
Designing Effective And Efficient Protocols To Train Caregivers to Implement Behavior Analytic Procedures |
(Service Delivery) |
PETER STURMEY (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York), Maya Madzharova (The Graduate Center and Queens College, CUNY) |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis (ABA) is a highly effective, evidence-based treatment for individuals with autism spectrum disorder. Designing efficient and effective protocols to train caregivers to implement ABA interventions is important because low treatment integrity compromises the effectiveness of ABA. Using a non-concurrent multiple baseline design across three novice classroom instructors we evaluated the effects of a training consisting of: (1) video and in-vivo modeling and feedback, (2) an algorithm, and (3) multiple exemplars on the acquisition of five ABA procedures (i.e., discrete trial teaching, multiple stimulus without replacement, echoic mand training, stimulus-stimulus pairing, and graphing percentage data). Upon mastery of these procedures we further evaluated the instructors’ generalized teaching skills on novel ABA procedures. All instructors mastered the directly taught skills and some generalized these skills to novel ABA procedures. We discuss the importance of these results in light of designing efficient training protocols for novice instructors in ABA settings. |
|
The Effects of Pyramidal Training on Staff Acquisition of Five Behavior Analytic Procedures |
(Service Delivery) |
LINDSAY MAFFEI ALMODOVAR ALMODOVAR (CUNY Graduate Center at Queens College), Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: Direct care staff members serving people with intellectual and developmental disabilities are often required to implement several behavior analytic procedures with only limited training soon after being hired. Pyramidal training is an effective model for disseminating applied behavior analytic skills to employees that treat individuals with developmental disabilities. This study used a multiple probes design across teachers and a delayed multiple baseline design across teaching assistants to evaluate the effects of video models, role play and feedback on teachers’ accuracy in implementing behavioral skills training and on teaching assistants’ accuracy in implementing five applied behavior analytic procedures (i.e. stimulus-stimulus pairing, multiple stimulus without replacement preference assessment, mand training, discrete trial teaching, and graphing discrete trial data). Pyramidal training was effective in increasing first tier participants’ procedural integrity of behavioral skills training steps and in increasing second tier participants’ procedural integrity of implementing the target procedures. First tier participants required feedback to maintain training skills over time, to train procedures other than the procedure implemented during their own training and to train novel staff members. Thus, pyramidal BST required ongoing supervision by a behavior analyst to effectively disseminate multiple ABA skills to a variety of staff members over time. |
|
Dissemination of Evidence-Based Practice to Frontline Staff Working in the Field of Intellectual Disability |
(Service Delivery) |
LAURA GORMLEY (Trinity College Dublin), Olive Healy (Trinity College Dublin), Brona O'Sullivan (Rehab Care Dublin), Darragh O Regan (RehabCare, Ireland) |
Abstract: Research has shown that staff with varying backgrounds and educational qualifications can be effectively trained to carry out procedures in line with evidence-based practice. Behavior Skills Training (BST) is a competency-based training model, used to effectively educate a broad selection of professionals, including frontline staff, in a diverse range of work-related skills. However, the BST intervention has yet to be evaluated in a large group-based experimental design. Therefore, 104 frontline staff were recruited from twelve service sites within one of the largest intellectual disability service providers in the Republic of Ireland. A total of 54 participants were assigned to the intervention condition, which used BST to coach participants in reinforcement, systematic prompting, functional communication training, and task analysis. Fifty participants were assigned to the wait list control condition. Results from the clustered randomised control trial showed that participants who received BST demonstrated statistically significant improvements across knowledge outcome measures. In contrast, participants in the wait list control condition showed either no change or a statistically significant decrease in knowledge scores over the study period. In addition, there was clear evidence of knowledge maintenance, target skill acquisition and subsequent generalization to the workplace environment, among participants in the intervention condition. |
|
|
|
|
|
Consequences of Violence and Neglect in Children: The Risks of Neurobiological and Psychological Impairments |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, St. Gallen 1-3 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Willy-Tore Morch, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University) |
WILLY-TORE MORCH (The Arctic University of Norway, Tromsø) |
Small children who live in long-lasting stress and anxiety, whether they be victims within their own homes or refugees suffering on a more global level, develop neurobiological impairments. The brain is plastic and “user dependent”. A child is born with 100 billion nerve cells, but only 15% are connected to other cells. During the first three years, 250.000 new connections are performed per hour in the child’s brain. The architects are the genes, but the constructors are the parents and the child’s social network. Positive experiences stimulate the myelination process in the cells axons and the myelin sheets increase the velocity of the nerve impulse. Long-lasting stress and anxiety reduces the myelination process and influences brain activity. Four brain structures are important for the brain’s reactions to stress and anxiety. The presenter will discuss the specific impacts that stress and anxiety have on each of these brain structures and the ensuing affect they have on the child’s development of crucial abilities necessary to successfully navigate the world. It is of great importance that sources of stress and anxiety, e.g. violence, abuse and neglect, but also war- and refugee experiences are quickly brought to an end. The role of child protection agencies, either by parent training interventions or by taking the child out of the family, is crucial. Likewise, the reception and caretaking of refugee children preventing neurobiological impairments will have life-long consequences for these children’s schooling, education, employment and mental health. The presenter will also briefly highlight parenting strategies and therapeutic interventions that can help to reduce the risk for these vulnerable children. |
Abstract: Small children who live in long-lasting stress and anxiety, whether they be victims within their own homes or refugees suffering on a more global level, develop neurobiological impairments. The brain is plastic and “user dependent”. A child is born with 100 billion nerve cells, but only 15% are connected to other cells. During the first three years, 250.000 new connections are performed per hour in the child’s brain. The architects are the genes, but the constructors are the parents and the child’s social network. Positive experiences stimulate the myelination process in the cells axons and the myelin sheets increase the velocity of the nerve impulse. Long-lasting stress and anxiety reduces the myelination process and influences brain activity. Four brain structures are important for the brain’s reactions to stress and anxiety. The presenter will discuss the specific impacts that stress and anxiety have on each of these brain structures and the ensuing affect they have on the child’s development of crucial abilities necessary to successfully navigate the world. It is of great importance that sources of stress and anxiety, e.g. violence, abuse and neglect, but also war- and refugee experiences are quickly brought to an end. The role of child protection agencies, either by parent training interventions or by taking the child out of the family, is crucial. Likewise, the reception and caretaking of refugee children preventing neurobiological impairments will have life-long consequences for these children’s schooling, education, employment and mental health. The presenter will also briefly highlight parenting strategies and therapeutic interventions that can help to reduce the risk for these vulnerable children. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; social workers; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the user dependent brain; (2) understand the effects of long-lasting stress and anxiety experiences in the brain; (3) discuss parent training. |
|
|
|
|
|
Evaluating Strategies for Improving Early Infant Care |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 3/4 |
Area: CBM/DEV; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Rika Ortega (ABAI) |
CE Instructor: Joshua Jessel, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Infant care can often be stressful for parents of a newborn child. In addition, the early stages of development for the infant pose many unique risks (e.g., sudden infant death syndrome). Parents should be educated on those risks and trained to implement appropriate care to avoid possible harm and support normal growth. Study 1 evaluated infant moral judgement by presenting infants with options to choose from puppets that expressed interests in similar or opposite preferences with the participant. Contrary to previous work, the repeated opportunities to select the differing puppets in the concurrent arrangement did not support the notion that infants tend to prefer prosocial or similar companions. Strategies for reducing tantrums during tummy time were evaluated in Study 2. A preference assessment was developed using the percentage of eye contact with individually presented items to select preferred items to use during tummy time. Although there was marked improvement in head elevation and eliminations of tantrums regardless of the value of the item, social validity measures indicated that parents tended to favor using the more-preferred items during tummy time. Study 3 developed a video intended to disseminate knowledge on safe infant sleep practices and tummy time. A significant improvement in knowledge in the pretest/posttest arrangement was obtained with current and expectant parents who watched the video. All studies support the notion that behavior analytic technology can improve early infant care. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Caregiver education, infant care, moral judgment, tummy time |
Target Audience: BCBAs, BCBA-Ds, BCaBAs, licensed psychologists, and other behavior analytic providers who need to learn how to care for infants. |
|
Do Infants Make Moral Judgments?: Investigating Other Probable Explanations |
(Applied Research) |
CAROLYNN S. KOHN (University of the Pacific), Amir Cruz-Khalili (University of the Pacific), Katrina Michele Ruiz Bettencourt (University of the Pacific), Tyler Nighbor (University of Vermont), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific), Henry D. Schlinger (California State University, LA) |
Abstract: 3. Research employing single choice paradigms suggest infants show a preference for prosocial others and those who are similar to themselves. This study (two experiments, N = 44 infants, aged 8 to 15 months) replicated and extended previous work by including (a) within-subject repeated measures and (b) an experimental manipulation of a plausible demand characteristic. In both experiments, (a) infants chose between two foods, (b) watched a puppet show in which one puppet expressed a liking for one of the foods and a disliking for the other food followed by a second puppet who expressed the opposite preferences, and (c) chose between the two puppets. Results for the first-choice trial indicated a majority of infants did not choose the puppet who liked the same food as the infant (i.e., the similar puppet). Within-subject repeated trials also indicated a majority of infants did not choose the similar puppet but a majority did choose a puppet presented on the same side. Findings suggest infants may not display very early preferences, for similar others and supports recommendations made by others, including publishing null findings, standardizing data collection and reporting methods, and examining individual differences by employing within-subject designs with repeated measures. |
|
Improving Tummy Time for Infants and Caregivers: A Treatment Comparison With Social Validation |
(Applied Research) |
RIKA ORTEGA (Queens College), Daniel Mark Fienup (Columbia University), Joshua Jessel (Queens College), Antoinette Morea (Queens College) |
Abstract: Tummy time is an activity intended to strengthen infant motor development by placing them in a prone position. However, many infants may find this time aversive, often evoking noncompliant behavior and tantrums. Previous studies have used preferred tangible items during tummy time to reduce challenging behavior and improve head elevation. We extended this previous research by comparing the effects of a more-preferred stimulus (i.e., toy penguin) in comparison to a less-preferred stimulus (i.e., mother attention alone) selected from a preference assessment with two typically developing infants. During the preference assessment, items were placed to the side of the infants’ sight while they were seated in a comfortable position and the percentage of eye contact with each item was used to establish a hierarchy of preference. During the treatment comparison, the infant was placed in the prone position and the items were situated just above the infants’ view to ensure that seeing the item required holding the head up. Although both treatments improved head elevation and reduced tantrums, the caregiver selected the treatment using the more-preferred stimulus during a concurrent-chains preference assessment. |
|
Implications and Future Directions for Educating Caregivers About Infant Safe Sleep and Tummy Time |
(Applied Research) |
AMBER E. MENDRES-SMITH (University of Maryland, School of Medicine), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Mariana I. Castillo (UMBC), Barbara J. Davis (Ann Storck Center), Jessica Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Shuyan Sun (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Alison Falck (University of Maryland, School of Medicine), Suhagi Kadakia (University of Maryland, School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Annually, approximately 3,500 infants die suddenly and unexpectedly in the United States, and many of these deaths are due to unsafe sleep positioning or environments (Centers for Disease Control, 2018). To promote safe sleeping and infant development, the American Academy of Pediatrics (AAP) recommends that caregivers put infants on their backs for sleep and on their stomachs to play, known as “tummy time.” In this study, we evaluated the effectiveness of an educational video on 120 current and expectant parents’ knowledge of the AAP’s positioning recommendations. The video was associated with a significant improvement in participants’ knowledge from pre- to post-test. We also identified that participants’ reasons for positioning their babies unsafely for sleep and for limiting tummy time was largely associated with infant intolerance. In this presentation, I will: (a) discuss the implications of our results and the role of behavior analysis in addressing infant safe-sleep and tummy-time behavior and (b) describe a new intervention to teach parents of high-risk, hospitalized premature infants about safe sleep and tummy time. |
|
|
|
|
|
Considerations When Expanding Behavior-Analytic Services to Memory Care Settings |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Vevey 1/2 |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Jonathan C. Baker, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University) |
JENNA MATTINGLY (The Shabani Institute) |
MARANDA ANN TRAHAN (Trinity Services, Inc.) |
CHRISTOPHER WALMSLEY (Humboldt State University) |
Abstract: Building up clientele and working with staff in memory care settings can be particularly challenging. Physicians, nurses, and caregivers want to use non-pharmacological interventions to manage the challenging behaviors exhibited by those with dementia, but there are not enough behavior analysts in clinical practice for referrals. Furthermore, once the clinician gets their foot in the door, it can be difficult to get buy-in from team members due to the general unfamiliarity of behavior analysis in aging. Adherence with behavior plans must come from the top down and it can be difficult for geriatric care managers to free up already overwhelmed staff to train them on additional responsibilities. As an additional challenge, nonbehavioral interventions already in place in memory care settings may include those based on poor empirical support, and may negatively impact client outcomes as the behavior analyst begins providing services. This panel will provide discussion on anticipated barriers and proposed solutions regarding a) setting up practice with older adults, b) staff training, and c) how to navigate unfamiliar nonbehavioral interventions when expanding services in the area of behavioral gerontology. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Current board certified behavior analysts |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe strategies to establish your practice with older adults, (2) State solutions to barriers associated with training staff in aging settings, and (3) State tactics to evaluate nonbehavioral interventions encountered in aging settings. |
Keyword(s): aging, behavioral gerontology, practitioners |
|
|
|
|
|
Sustainability of Behavioral Interventions and Lasting Systems Change |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Cuvee |
Area: CSS/AUT; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Veronica J. Howard, Ph.D. |
Chair: Veronica J. Howard (University of Alaska Anchorage) |
RACHEL L. WHITE (University of Alaska Anchorage; Good Behavior Beginnings) |
HANA JURGENS (Positive Behavior Supports Corp.) |
YULEMA CRUZ (Global Behavior Consultants, Inc.) |
Abstract: The field of Applied Behavior Analysis has produced a wealth of information on interventions to produce socially significant behavior change. As a result, many individuals seek the services of Behavior Analysts, most notably, services for children with autism and other developmental disabilities. Although there is a high demand for Behavior Analysts to consult with clients and create successful interventions for behavior change, once the Behavior Analyst’s consultation ends, the interventions are not often continued. Sustainability of behavioral interventions is a key factor in the maintenance of behavior changes within a setting. Sustainability of system change also requires building the capacity for on-going services. This panel will feature individuals working on various aspects of building capacity and creating sustainable programs. Panelists will speak on their success with creating sustainable programs for individuals and teachers that lasted after consultation ended. Panelists will also discuss strategies used to produce sustainable behavior change at the group, organization, and system level. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Intermediate/BCBAs; Behavior Analysts interested in creating lasting change. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will identify key features of creating sustainable models. 2. Participants will list examples of way to improve sustainability of behavioral interventions. 3. Participants will describe how changes in supervision systems improve sustainability. |
Keyword(s): supervision, sustainability, training |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Research Evaluating Video for Enhancing Sports Performance |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Fairmont, B2, Imperial Ballroom |
Area: CSS/CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Merritt Schenk (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Merritt Schenk, M.A. |
Abstract: This symposium includes three papers that evaluate interventions for enhancing sports performance with a focus on the different components of current video interventions. Schenk and Miltenberger discuss research evaluating the separate contributions of video modeling and video feedback for enhancing the performance of little league baseball pitchers. Snapp and Miltenberger discuss research evaluating the utility of video feedback for improving three separate cheerleading tumbling skills. Sellers discusses research evaluating the combined effects of video modeling and video feedback for improving three foundational rock climbing skills. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Sports Performance |
Target Audience: The target audience is all practicing behavior analysts who wish to learn about the application of behavior analytic techniques with typical developing populations. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Replicate and demonstrate the utility of behavioral interventions for sports performance
2. Begin to assess the useful components in established interventions for sports-related performance enhancement
3. Continue to disseminate behavior analysis to fields outside of developmental disabilities |
|
Evaluating Video Modeling Versus Video Feedback to Improve Baseball Pitching |
Merritt Schenk (University of South Florida), RAYMOND G. MILTENBERGER (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: This study examined the use of video modeling and video feedback to evaluate how each procedure may improve pitching skills of baseball players in a community Little League. A multiple baseline design across participants with an ABC sequence was used to evaluate the intervention. In Phase 1 of intervention, the effects of video modeling were assessed. In Phase 2, the effects of video feedback were assessed for participants who did not show adequate performance improvement during Phase 1. A follow-up phase was conducted to examine maintenance of skill performance after a successful intervention. The results indicate that video modeling had little to no effect on performance, and video feedback was the important component to teaching pitching skills. |
|
Evaluating the Effectiveness of Video Feedback to Improve Cheerleading Skills |
SARA KATE SNAPP (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of video feedback to improve three cheerleading tumbling skills in a multiple baseline across behaviors design. The study included three high school cheerleaders. Target behaviors included a front walkover roundoff back handspring, a standing back tuck, and a toe touch two back handsprings. Video feedback increase the percentage correct for each of the three skills for all three participants. This study represents a systematic replication of video feedback to a novel sport and shows the robustness of this procedure for enhancing sports performance. |
|
An Application of Expert Video Modeling and Feedback to Increase Foundational Climbing Skills in Novice Rock Climbers |
SETH WALKER (Utah State University), Kerry Abigail Shea (Utah State University), Tyra Paige Sellers (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Abstract: There is a growing body of research examining novel applications of behavior analytic technology. One specific area of study is the application of behavior analysis in sports, health, and fitness. Several studies have examined the efficacy of behavior analytic coaching strategies in sports to increase performer fluency and accuracy. Rock climbing is a multifaceted sport that requires mastery of a number of complex behavior chains in order to successfully navigate either an artificial or natural climbing surface. To date, training rock climbing movement has not been a focus of many empirical investigations. The majority of rock climbing studies that do investigate training for climbers typically focus on the physiological aspects of rock climbing. In this study, researchers examined the application of expert video modeling and feedback on the performance of foundational rock climbing skills. Participants demonstrated an increase in fluency for all skills that were targeted in the intervention. |
|
|
|
|
|
Mindfulness: Investigations of its Effects on Creativity, Charity, and Emotional Regulation |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Swissôtel, Event Center Second Floor, Montreux 1-3 |
Area: DEV/PCH; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Don Togade (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology ; George Brown College, Toronto, Canada) |
CE Instructor: Don Togade, Ph.D. |
Abstract: “Mindfulness” originated from the Pali word sati and the Sanskrit word smirti, which refers to an individual’s awareness, attention, remembering (Neale, 2006). Despite its popularity, majority of mindfulness investigations have employed indirect measures in determining its effects (e.g., Batalo 2012; Rabiee., 2014). This symposium presents three recently completed research studies on the impact of mindfulness on behavior, which included direct measures of behavioral effects; specifically, its effects on creativity, charitable giving, and emotional regulation were measured. Adults within the general population, both novice and more experienced meditators, were included in these studies. In light of the results obtained and based on the body of previous research on the behavioural effects of mindfulness, applied implications and future research recommendations will be outlined. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: The symposium will be geared towards undergraduate and graduate students in behavior analysis, BCBA and BCBA-D researchers and practitioners in education, healthcare, and applied clinical work. |
|
Creativity in the Present Moment: A Behavior-Analytic Exploration of the Effects of Mindfulness Practice on Adults’ Creative Performance |
DON TOGADE (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology ; George Brown College, Toronto, Canada), August Stockwell (Upswing Advocates), Jessica Gamba (National Louise University), Diana J. Walker (Trinity Services/Illinois Crisis Prevention Network), Patricia Arredondo (Fielding Graduate University; Arizona State University) |
Abstract: The present study investigated the effects of mindfulness practice on creative performance of adult participants classified as novice and experienced meditators across four computer tasks. Novice and experienced meditators’ mindfulness and creative performance across divergent, convergent, recombination, and block design were measured while exposed to neutral activity and mindfulness conditions. Participants’ self-reported levels of mindfulness was measured based on the difference between pre- and post- tests scores on the Mindfulness Awareness Assessment Scale (MAAS) and Kentucky Inventory of Mindfulness Scale (KIMS) across conditions, whereas direct measure of mindfulness was recorded using an iPhone app during mindfulness and maintenance conditions only. Across creative tasks, rate of both novel and redundant responses, duration of task completion, inter-response time (IRT), and latency to the first response were measured per session. Following steady state creative performance in the final mindfulness condition, participants’ mindfulness and creative performance were tested for maintenance. Across meditators, difference scores from the MAAS and KIMS did not yield significant changes between conditions, and difference scores maintained for both the MAAS and KIMS during maintenance tests. Finally, measures of rate, duration, IRT, and latency of creative performances yielded undifferentiated outcomes. However, some dimensions of creative performance maintained following without structured practice. |
|
Effects of Loving Kindness Meditation on Charitable Giving and Written Statements About Self and Others |
SIMRAN AGRAWAL (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), August Stockwell (Upswing Advocates), Don Togade (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology ; George Brown College, Toronto, Canada) |
Abstract: The purpose of this research was to examine the effects of LovingKindness Meditation on charitable giving and written statements about self and others. The study measured charitable giving by counting the amount of total dollars donated in baseline, LovingKindness Meditation, and control condition sessions. Written statements about self and others were measured by administering a writing prompt at the end of each of each session in each of three conditions mentioned above; written statements were categorized as positive, neutral or negative. The results of the study indicate that two out of three participants donated more money in the LovingKindness condition as compared to the baseline or control condition. Additionally, two out of three participants showed higher frequencies of positive statements about self and others in the LovingKidness condition as compared to the other conditions. The overall frequency of negative statements was low for all participants, except for one participant who showed the lowest frequency in the LovingKindness condition. |
|
Mindfully Regulating: The Effects of Brief Interventions of Acute Emotion Regulation |
JONAH DAVID MCMANUS (University of Louisiana in Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Patrick Rappold (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Madison Gamble (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Emotion regulation involves any attempt at changing, starting, or stopping covert verbal behavior, and associated emotions. Some experts suggest that difficulties in regulating emotions is central to most, if not all, psychological disorders. For this reason, increasing adaptive emotion regulation is a common therapeutic goal, and by extension, a focus of clinical research. Of equal importance might be investigations of brief, self-directed interventions. For example, video game play and mindful breathing are commonly reported as simple approaches to managing intense emotions and responses thereto. The current study examined the impact of two brief interventions, video games and mindful breathing, on acute emotion regulation measured via a distress tolerance task and self-reported emotional states as compared to a waiting control. Results showed divergent effects on emotion regulation as measured by the self-report measures versus the distress tolerance task. Steps for future research and limitations as well as implications for assessment will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Using Equivalence-Based Instruction to Teach Academic and Music Skills to Children of Typical Development |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Fairmont, Second Level, Gold |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jessica Day-Watkins (Drexel University) |
CE Instructor: Jessica Day-Watkins, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In recent years, equivalence-based instruction (EBI) has increasingly been used to teach a variety of socially relevant skills and content to children of typical development. The three talks in this symposium describe studies in which EBI was used to teach classes of academic content and music skills. The first study was a replication and extension of Lynch and Cuvo (1995)’s analysis of fraction-pictogram-percentages equivalence classes. Some participants were directly trained and tested on the classes while additional participants observed the training of the classes. The second study extended prior studies in which equivalence classes of music notes were established by also teaching music dynamics, followed by generalization tests of accurate piano playing. In the third study, the Go/no-go procedure, an alternative to match-to-sample to form equivalence classes, was used with compound stimuli to establish reading comprehension among dictated words, pictures, printed words, and textual behavior. Together, the three studies in this symposium extend the content domains and procedures that can be used to establish equivalence classes of relevant content to children of typical development. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): conditional discrimination, derived relations, equivalence, observational learning |
Target Audience: The target audience will be those interested in equivalence-based instruction. |
|
Math Instruction: An Investigation of Derived Relations, Observational Learning, and Transfer of Function |
BRITTANY CHIASSON (Teachers College, Columbia University), Victoria Verdun (Teachers College, Columbia University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Columbia University) |
Abstract: Little research has examined the intersection of derived relations and observational learning, which may be an additional avenue by which an instructor can increase the total amount of learning while conserving instructional resources. In this study, we replicated and extended Lynch and Cuvo (1995)’s analysis of fraction-pictogram-percentages equivalence classes. We trained 3rd grade students on baseline relations and observed the emergence of all possible derived relations. Prior to training, the participants could sort percentage stimuli from lowest to highest (comparative relations), but could not do this with fraction stimuli. Following the formation of equivalence classes, the participants could accurately sort fraction stimuli, thus demonstrating the transfer of function. Two additional participants observed the target participants undergo the training of baseline relations. The observing participants acquired baseline relations with no direct reinforcement, derived all relations, and demonstrated transfer of function. These findings suggest a novel way to incorporate EBI into classroom settings. |
|
Using Equivalence-Based Instruction to Teach Music Notes and Piano Playing Dynamics |
SARAH LOSOWYJ (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Emily Gallant (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to extend the equivalence-based instruction (EBI) and music literature by using EBI to teach music concepts to three 8- to 10-year-old children. Participants were first taught to identify five notes on a music staff and piano keyboard using a one-to-many (OTM) training structure with five stimulus classes consisting of four members each. Following the formation of the music note classes, participants were taught to identify and discriminate
between three levels of dynamics (magnitude of playing a note) using a OTM training structure with three stimulus classes consisting of four members each. Participants completed two match-to-sample pretests and posttests for all relations in each stimulus set along with two piano playing pretests and posttests. During tests for derived relations, all participants responded in a class-consistent manner, thus indicating the formation of the equivalence classes. In addition,
music skills generalized to playing a song with indicated dynamics on a piano keyboard. The results indicate that EBI is an effective procedure for teaching music concepts to children. |
|
Reading Comprehension With the Go/No-Go Procedure With Compound Stimuli |
Cecelia Brayner de Freitas Gueiros (Universidade de São Paulo), PAULA DEBERT (University of Sao Paulo) |
Abstract: The Go/no-go procedure with compound stimuli is an alternative to matching-to-sample to establish equivalence relations between abstract stimuli. The present study is the first to investigate whether the Go/no-go procedure with compound stimuli would produce emergent relations among dictated word (A), picture (B) and printed word (C) and the emergence of textual behavior (CD) using a multiple probe design across sets of words. Three preschool children were exposed to five phases: (1) Pretest of BC, CB and CD relation, (2) Pretraining with known stimuli, (3) AB and AC training, (4) Posttests of BC and CB relations and (5) Posttest of the CD relation. During AB and AC training, compound stimuli (formed by auditory and visual stimuli) were successively presented on each trial. Responses in the presence of “related” compounds (A1B1, A2B2, A1C1 or A2C2), but not in the presence of “unrelated” compounds (A1B2, A2B1, A2C1 or A1C2) were differentially reinforced. The results showed that all children achieved the learning criteria and showed the emergence of BC, CB, and CD relations for all sets only after AB and AC training. The Go/no-go procedure with compound stimuli is an effective alternative to establish reading comprehension. |
|
|
|
|
|
Derived Stimulus Relations: A Panel With Discussion |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Swissôtel, Concourse Level, Zurich D |
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University) |
CE Instructor: Anna I. Petursdottir, Ph.D. |
Panelists: ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo and Akershus University College), KAREN LIONELLO-DENOLF (Assumption College), DANIEL FIENUP (Columbia University) |
Abstract: This panel will be a discussion of Dr. Caio Miguel’s SQAB Tutorial on derived stimulus relations. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe current directions of derived stimulus relations research, (2) describe future directions of derived stimulus relations research, and (3) describe similarities between basic and applied derived stimulus relations research programs |
ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Dr. Erik Arntzen received his Ph.D. from University of Oslo, Norway, in February 2000. Arntzen’s dissertation focused on variables that influenced responding in accordance with stimulus equivalence. He also holds a degree in clinical psychology. He is currently a full-time Professor in Behavior Analysis at Oslo and Akershus University College (OAUC). His research contributions include both basic and applied behavior analysis, with an emphasis on research in relational stimulus control and verbal behavior. Lately, he has started research projects with a focus on (1) remembering functions in patients with dementia and (2) conditional discrimination of melanoma detection. He has also been interested in ethical considerations and core values in the field of behavior analysis. Furthermore, he has ongoing research projects within the areas of gambling behavior and consumer behavior. He also runs a Behavior Analysis Lab at OAUC. Dr. Arntzen has published papers in a number of different journals including Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior (JEAB), Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA), The Psychological Record, Behavioral Interventions, European Journal of Behavior Analysis (EJOBA), Experimental of Analysis of Human Behavior Bulletin, Analysis of Gambling Behavior, the Analysis of Verbal Behavior, American Journal of Alzheimer's Disease & other Dementias, and Psychopharmacology. Dr. Arntzen has served as the president and past-president of the European ABA (2008–2014). Dr. Arntzen has been a member of the board of the Norwegian Association for Behavior Analysis from 1987–1993 and from 2006 to present, holds the position as the secretary of international affairs. Dr. Arntzen is a trustee of Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies. He has presented papers at conferences worldwide. Dr. Arntzen has been recognized with awards, including the SABA award for the dissemination of behavior analysis, ABAI award for outstanding mentoring, the research award at Akershus University College, and publication award at OAUC. Dr. Arntzen is one of the founders and the editor of European Journal of Behavior Analysis. He has also served as the editor of Behavior & Philosophy. He has served on the editorials board of several journals, including the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, The Psychological Record, International Journal of Psychology and Psychological Therapy, American Journal of Alzheimer’s Disease, the Behavior Analyst, and The Behavior Analyst Today. |
KAREN LIONELLO-DENOLF (Assumption College) |
Dr. Lionello-DeNolf is an assistant professor of psychology and the director of the undergraduate and graduate programs in applied behavior analysis at Assumption College. She is also an adjunct faculty member at the University of Massachusetts Medical School. She holds a doctorate in psychology from Purdue University with an emphasis in learning and memory, and she is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst at the doctoral level. Dr. Lionello-DeNolf has taught undergraduate and graduate courses in research methods, learning and behavior, behavioral assessment, behavioral interventions, and the experimental analysis of behavior. For more than a decade, Dr. Lionello-DeNolf was a faculty member at the University of Massachusetts Medical School, Shriver Center, where she conducted translational research in the areas of experimental and applied behavior analysis, autism spectrum disorders, developmental disabilities, discrimination learning, stimulus equivalence, behavioral momentum, and choice. She has led several research projects funded by the National Institutes of Health that investigated the learning processes that may underlie some of the language and other deficits in autism and related developmental disabilities. Her research has been published in leading journals, such as the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, The Psychological Record, and Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders. Dr. Lionello-DeNolf is past Associate Editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and The Psychological Record, she has served on the editorial review board or as a guest reviewer for a number of journals, and she has served on the Science Board of the Association for Behavior Analysis International. Dr. Lionello-DeNolf is the current Associate Editor for Translational Research for the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. |
DANIEL FIENUP (Columbia University) |
 Daniel M. Fienup is an Associate Professor of Applied Behavior Analysis at Teachers College, Columbia University. He received his Master’s in Applied Behavior Analysis from Southern Illinois University and his Ph.D. in School Psychology from Illinois State University. Dr. Fienup and his students conduct research on instructional design and educational performance. Dr. Fienup is an Associate Editor for the Journal of Behavioral Education and The Analysis of Verbal Behavior. He also serves on the editorial board for Behavior Analysis in Practice, Perspectives on Behavioral Science, the Psychological Record, and Behavior Development. He serves on the Licensed Behavior Analyst New York state board and is a past board member of the New York State Association for Behavior Analysis. |
|
|
|
|
|
PDS: Integrity and Ethics in Publication |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Fairmont, Second Level, International Ballroom |
Area: TBA; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Ruth Anne Rehfeldt, Ph.D. |
Chair: Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (ABAI Publication Board Coordinator; Southern Illinois University) |
DONALD A. HANTULA (Editor, Perspectives on Behavior Science; Temple University) |
MITCH FRYLING (Editor, The Psychological Record; California State University, Los Angeles) |
MORGAN RYAN (Senior Editor, Behavioral Sciences, Springer.) |
Abstract: The purpose of this meeting is to discuss some of the core practices and guidelines for the Committee on Publication Ethics, or COPE, with an eye toward common issues or dilemmas encountered by the editors of the ABAI journals. The panel will share insights from their experiences as authors, reviewers, and editors, and will also advise newer authors on those common policies and practices that are necessary to ensure that behavior analysts pursue publication with integrity. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: ABAI members interested in publishing. |
Learning Objectives: 1. To understand the core practices and guidelines for the Committee on Publication Ethics (COPE) 2. To identify common issues or dilemmas encountered by the editors of ABAI journals 3. To learn best practices for promoting research integrity |
Keyword(s): Publication, ethics |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Skills Training: A Comparison of Four Pre-Service Training Models |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM |
Fairmont, Lobby Level, Rouge |
Area: TBA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Jessica Wenig, M.S. |
Chair: Jessica Wenig (Advances Learning Center) |
HANNA C. RUE (Autism Spectrum Therapies) |
BIANCA SIMS (Behavioral Concepts) |
JILL HARPER (Melmark New England) |
Abstract: Organizations providing services to individuals with developmental disabilities often face challenges when developing and implementing effective staff training. For instance, in some regions of the country, funders require direct care staff to hold certification as a Registered Behavior Technician™ (RBT®). Behavior Skills Training (BST) provides an evidence-based methodology that can be used to train a variety of skills necessary of a direct care staff member. Data collected during pre-service training (e.g., pre and post feedback surveys, competency assessment scores) offer a source of information regarding training practices that are best for an organization’s needs. For instance, training curriculum, format and duration can be modified based upon the information gathered from such assessments while still maintaining the integrity of BST. The focus of this panel will be a comparison of training models across four organizations (home-based, center-based and educational services) inclusive of a discussion regarding the utility of continual assessment during the training process to inform further development of a pre-service training program. Objectives: 1. Describe development of competency measures to meet the unique needs of an organization 2. Describe models that include training for required RBT certification. 3. Describe scaffolding of training for staff member pursuing advancement 4. Describe a variety of data collection methods that can be used throughout the training process to make informed decisions regarding future training directions. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: BCBAs, LABAs, Business Owners, Training Coordinators |
Learning Objectives: Objectives: 1. Describe development of competency measures to meet the unique needs of an organization 2. Describe models that include training for required RBT certification. 3. Describe scaffolding of training for staff member pursuing advancement 4. Describe a variety of data collection methods that can be used throughout the training process to make informed decisions regarding future training directions. |
Keyword(s): Behavioral Skills, Pre-Service Training |
|
|
|
|
|
Presidential Scholar Address: Nonviolent Resistance in the Global Struggle to Defend Democracy and Human Rights |
Saturday, May 25, 2019 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM |
Hyatt Regency East, Ballroom Level, Grand Ballroom A-F |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago) |
CE Instructor: Mark A. Mattaini, Ph.D. |
|
Presidential Scholar Address: Nonviolent Resistance in the Global Struggle to Defend Democracy and Human Rights |
Abstract: There is growing concern among citizens around the world at the rise in the election of populist governments, increase in authoritarianism, and degradation of democratic rights, institutions, and norms. Meanwhile, the use of nonviolent resistance to defend the rights of minorities and oppressed communities, advance environmental and human rights campaigns, and to preserve democratic freedoms and institutions is being applied with increased frequency. However, as a field, nonviolent resistance continues to be neglected, and as a technique and type of social and political action, the phenomenon is not well understood, including by policymakers, journalists, academics, or citizens or institutions in our societies. This dearth in understanding is dangerous. New research suggests that although the frequency of nonviolent struggle is increasing, its effectiveness is decreasing. This is being attributed to opponent learning and innovation, as well as the fact that as in the past, such struggles often rely on intuition, chance events, improvisation, and people acting without clearly identifying their objectives or understanding what is required to achieve them. As behavior scientists have begun shifting significant attention to social issues, and given their recent growing emphasis on cultural level change, they could become valued partners in shaping more effective strategic action. One important potential area for collaborative work is in researching constructional (Goldiamond), constructive (Gandhi) options for shaping socially and environmentally sustainable communities with the strength and knowledge to resist threats to democracy, and support human rights. In light of the growing exploration of nonviolent resistance to address the various political challenges faced by citizens around the world, a top priority now is to expand the capacity of practitioners of nonviolent action to plan and implement wise strategies that can guide their actions and maximize their effectiveness. By drawing from selected contemporary and historical movements, this presentation will explore the lessons that can be gained from global movements to face current challenges in the fight to advance human rights and defend democratic rights, institutions, and norms. |
|
JAMILA RAQIB (Albert Einstein Institution; Center for International Studies at Massachusetts Institute of Technology) |
|
Jamila Raqib, an Afghan native, was a nominee for the 2017 Nobel Peace Prize, and is Executive Director of the Albert Einstein Institution in Boston, which promotes the study and strategic use of nonviolent action worldwide. From 2002 until his recent passing, Ms. Raqib worked directly with political scientist Gene Sharp, the world’s foremost scholar on strategic nonviolent action. In 2009, she and Sharp jointly developed a curriculum called Self-Liberation: A Guide to Strategic Planning for Action to End a Dictatorship or Other Oppression drawing extensively on that literature, to provide in-depth guidance for groups planning or engaged in nonviolent struggle for democracy and human rights.
She is also a Director’s Fellow at the MIT Media Lab, exploring how innovations in technology and education can make the collection, sharing, and application of knowledge of nonviolent action more effective, timely, and secure. In addition, she is currently doing research on nonviolent social change grounded in Gandhi’s “constructive programme,” which is similar on multiple dimensions to constructional work as outlined in Israel Goldiamond’s work.
Ms. Raqib’s TED talk on nonviolent resistance has been translated into 29 languages and has more than 1 million views; many of her presentations are also widely shared on YouTube, making her work accessible especially to young people. She is among a handful of people in the world who has studied the extensive literature on nonviolence social change in real depth and has been working directly with the groups who have been applying that knowledge in conflicts around the world.
Raqib regularly gives presentations and conducts educational workshops for activists and organizers, human rights organizations, academics, and government bodies concerned with diverse objectives including challenging dictatorship, combatting corruption, and attaining political rights, economic justice, environmental protection, and women’s empowerment. She also serves as commentator on nonviolent action for multiple media outlets and oversees the dissemination of extensive resources on the topic through the Einstein Institution. She therefore has much to contribute to behavior scientists and practitioners interested in expanding their involvement and participation in social change, human rights, and sustainability efforts, particularly from a constructional perspective. |
|
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe two lessons that can be gained from global movements facing current challenges in the struggle to advance human rights, and strengthen and defend democratic institutions; (2) explain the value of nonviolent resistance as a form of social and political action; (3) explain how and why, while the frequency of nonviolent struggle is increasing, its effectiveness is declining in some arenas; (4) describe the value of constructive/constructional strategies for shaping environmentally sustainable and socially just communities. |
|
|
|